WO2017057256A1 - Laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device - Google Patents

Laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017057256A1
WO2017057256A1 PCT/JP2016/078233 JP2016078233W WO2017057256A1 WO 2017057256 A1 WO2017057256 A1 WO 2017057256A1 JP 2016078233 W JP2016078233 W JP 2016078233W WO 2017057256 A1 WO2017057256 A1 WO 2017057256A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
repeating unit
compound
adhesive polymer
laminate
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/078233
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
寛 野副
佑起 中沢
一洋 雨宮
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2016016706A external-priority patent/JP2017065242A/en
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2017057256A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017057256A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B23/00Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose
    • B32B23/04Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising such cellulosic plastic substance as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B23/08Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising such cellulosic plastic substance as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/32Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F212/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F212/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • C08F212/04Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F216/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an alcohol, ether, aldehydo, ketonic, acetal or ketal radical
    • C08F216/12Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an alcohol, ether, aldehydo, ketonic, acetal or ketal radical by an ether radical
    • C08F216/14Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/04Acids; Metal salts or ammonium salts thereof
    • C08F220/06Acrylic acid; Methacrylic acid; Metal salts or ammonium salts thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/04Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of organic materials, e.g. plastics
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a laminate, a polarizing plate using the laminate, and an image display device.
  • Image display devices represented by electroluminescence displays (ELDs) and liquid crystal display devices (LCDs) are increasingly required to be thin.
  • the usage environment of image display devices has been diversified, including outdoor applications, and image display devices have the ability to stably maintain good image quality even in harsh environments (high durability). Is now required.
  • the decrease in image quality in the image display apparatus is partly caused by moisture entering the polarizing plate and degrading the polarizer.
  • the polarizer is protected by laminating a protective film (optical film) on the surface, but the protective film is also required to be thin.
  • the protective film is thinned, moisture is more likely to come into contact with the polarizer, and the image quality is likely to deteriorate.
  • such a decrease in image quality becomes more apparent when used in harsh environments such as outdoor applications.
  • acrylic polymers, styrenes, vinyl esters, maleic anhydrides, copolymers thereof, or cellulose polymers are widely used from the viewpoint of versatility and processability. Due to the necessity of further improving the durability, the optical film is being modified (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
  • the inventors of the present invention including the films described in the above-mentioned patent documents, when the film is highly thinned to the above-described required level, It has been found that it is difficult to sufficiently suppress the deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature and high humidity conditions. As a result of continuous examination on this point, the present inventors have found a correlation between the moisture content of the protective film and the deterioration of the polarizing plate. Furthermore, when a conventional protective film having a laminated structure or a laminate using a conventional protective film is exposed to a high temperature and high humidity condition for a long time, the layers of the laminate are peeled off, resulting in durability. I found it was not enough.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a laminate having a low moisture content and excellent durability, a polarizing plate using the laminate, and an image display device.
  • a polymer having a repeating unit having a specific structure with a solubility parameter within a specific range and a repeating unit having a specific structure with a different solubility parameter from the repeating unit A laminate comprising a layer containing a cellulose ester on a layer containing a cellulose ester has a low moisture content and excellent interlayer adhesion between the layer containing the polymer and the layer containing the cellulose ester, It has been found that deterioration of the polarizer can be effectively suppressed even under high temperature and high humidity conditions by using it as a protective film for the polarizer. The present invention has been further studied and completed based on these findings.
  • a laminate having a layer containing a cellulose ester and a layer containing an adhesive polymer,
  • the layer containing the adhesive polymer is adjacent to at least one side of the layer containing the cellulose ester;
  • the adhesive polymer has at least one repeating unit of the following [a] and at least one repeating unit of the following [b].
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • L is a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent linking group selected from —C ( ⁇ O) —, —O— and —N (R 7 ) —, or two or more of these linking groups.
  • the bivalent coupling group which combines these is shown.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • ⁇ 4> Any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the molar amount of the repeating unit [b] in the total molar amount of the repeating units constituting the adhesive polymer is 5 mol% or more and 95 mol% or less.
  • R 8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • L is a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent linking group selected from —C ( ⁇ O) —, —O— and —N (R 10 ) —, or two or more of these linking groups.
  • R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • ⁇ 7> The laminate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the cellulose ester is cellulose acylate.
  • a polarizing plate comprising the laminate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7> above and a polarizer.
  • An image display device having the polarizing plate according to ⁇ 8>.
  • the laminate of the present invention has a low moisture content, is excellent in interlayer adhesion, and can prevent delamination under high temperature and high humidity conditions.
  • the laminate of the present invention can effectively suppress deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature and high humidity conditions by being superimposed on the polarizer.
  • the polarizing plate and the image display device of the present invention can effectively prevent deterioration of the polarizer even under high temperature and high humidity conditions by using the laminate exhibiting the above excellent effects, and have high durability. Show.
  • the degree of suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature and high humidity conditions is also referred to as “polarizer durability” or “polarizing plate durability”.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the laminate of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an outline of an embodiment of a liquid crystal display device including a polarizing plate incorporating the polarizing plate protective film of the present invention.
  • substituents, etc. when there are a plurality of substituents, linking groups, etc. (hereinafter referred to as substituents, etc.) indicated by specific symbols, or when a plurality of substituents etc. are specified simultaneously or alternatively, It means that a substituent etc. may mutually be same or different. The same applies to the definition of the number of substituents and the like. Further, when a plurality of substituents and the like are close (especially adjacent), they may be connected to each other or condensed to form a ring.
  • the display of a compound uses in the meaning containing its salt and its ion other than a compound itself.
  • the salt of the compound include an acid addition salt of the compound formed with the compound and an inorganic acid or an organic acid, or a base addition salt of the compound formed with the compound and an inorganic base or an organic base.
  • the ion of the compound include an ion including a skeleton of the compound formed by dissociating the salt of the above-described compound.
  • a substituent that does not specify substitution or non-substitution means that the group may have an arbitrary substituent as long as a desired effect is achieved. . This is synonymous with a compound or repeating unit in which substitution or non-substitution is not specified.
  • substituent when simply referred to as “substituent”, a group selected from the following substituent group T may be mentioned unless otherwise specified.
  • substituent group T when only a substituent having a specific range is described (for example, when only described as “alkyl group”), a corresponding group of the following substituent group T (in the above case, an alkyl group) The preferred range in FIG.
  • this number of carbons means the total number of carbon atoms in the group. That is, when this group has a further substituent, it means the total number of carbon atoms including this substituent.
  • the certain group when a certain group can adopt a non-cyclic skeleton and a cyclic skeleton, unless otherwise specified, the certain group includes a non-cyclic skeleton group and a cyclic skeleton group.
  • the alkyl group includes a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic (cyclo) alkyl group.
  • the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms in the group of the cyclic skeleton is 3 or more, preferably 5 or more, regardless of the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms specifically described in the certain group.
  • the term “(meth) acrylic acid” is used to include both methacrylic acid and acrylic acid. The same applies to “(meth) acrylamide”.
  • the term “acrylic acid” is used in a broader sense than usual.
  • acrylic acid is used to include all compounds having the structure of R A —C ( ⁇ CR B 2 ) COOH (R A and R B each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, provided that , When R A is methyl, means methacrylic acid).
  • R A is methyl, means methacrylic acid.
  • acrylamide is used to include all compounds having the structure of R A —C ( ⁇ CR B 2 ) COOH (R A and R B each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, provided that , When R A is methyl, means methacrylic acid).
  • R A is methyl, means methacrylic acid
  • Substituent group T An alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-octyl group, n-decyl group, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl group, etc.), alkenyl group (preferably having 2-20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-12, particularly preferably 2-8).
  • alkyl group preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-octyl group, n-decyl
  • alkynyl group preferably having 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 12, particularly preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • propargyl group, 3-pentynyl group, etc. aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20, particularly preferably 6 to 12, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, and a naphthyl group.)
  • An amino group preferably having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 10, and particularly preferably Is 0 to 6, for example, an amino group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a dibenzylamino group, etc.
  • an alkoxy group preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, particularly preferably 1 to 8, for example, methoxy group, eth
  • an acyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 16, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • an acylamino group (preferably The number of carbon atoms is 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 16, particularly preferably 2 to 10, and examples thereof include an acetylamino group and a benzoylamino group.
  • An alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 and particularly preferably 2 to 12, such as methoxycarbonylamino group), aryloxycarbonylamino group ( The number of carbon atoms is preferably 7 to 20, more preferably 7 to 16, particularly preferably 7 to 12, and examples thereof include a phenyloxycarbonylamino group, and the like, and a sulfonylamino group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • sulfamoyl group preferably 0 to 12, such as sulfamoyl group, methyl A sulfamoyl group, a dimethylsulfamoyl group, a phenylsulfamoyl group, etc.
  • a carbamoyl group preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, A carbamoyl group, a methylcarbamoyl group, a diethylcarbamoyl group, a phenylcarbamoyl group, etc.
  • an alkylthio group preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, Methylthio group, ethylthio group, etc.
  • arylthio group preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-16, particularly preferably 6-12, such as pheny
  • a sulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, Are preferably 1 to 12, for example, mesyl group, tosyl group, etc.), sulfinyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 and particularly preferably 1 to 12; For example, methanesulfinyl group, benzenesulfinyl group, etc.), urethane group, ureido group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16, particularly preferably 1 to 12, such as ureido group, Methylureido group, phenylureido group, etc.), phosphoric acid amide group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16, particularly preferably 1 to 12, such as diethylphosphoric acid amide, Phenyl phosphoric acid amide, etc.), hydroxy group, mercapto group, halogen
  • the heterocyclic group includes an aromatic heterocyclic group and an aliphatic heterocyclic group. Specific examples include imidazolyl group, pyridyl group, quinolyl group, furyl group, piperidyl group, morpholino group, benzoxazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, benzthiazolyl group, and the like. ) And a silyl group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms such as a trimethylsilyl group and a triphenylsilyl group). These substituents may further have a substituent. Moreover, when there are two or more substituents, they may be the same or different. Further, adjacent substituents may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • a laminated body 10 As shown in FIG. 1, a laminated body 10 as a preferred example of the present invention is laminated adjacent to at least one surface of a layer (also referred to as a cellulose ester layer) 11 containing a cellulose ester and a cellulose ester layer 11. And a layer (also referred to as an adhesive polymer layer) 12 containing an adhesive polymer.
  • a layer also referred to as an adhesive polymer layer
  • “adjacent lamination” means that both layers are directly laminated without an adhesive layer (adhesive layer) or the like for adhering or adhering both layers between the cellulose ester layer and the adhesive polymer layer. (Superimposed).
  • the laminated body of this invention may have a three-layer laminated structure in which an adhesive polymer layer is laminated adjacent to both surfaces of the cellulose ester layer. Further, two or more adhesive polymer layers having different composition ratios may be provided on the cellulose ester layer as the adhesive polymer layer. Furthermore, you may have the various functional layers specialized in the specific function on the surface of the adhesive polymer layer. Examples of such a functional layer include a hard coat layer, an antireflection layer, a light scattering layer, an antifouling layer, and an antistatic layer.
  • the laminate of the present invention having the above structure has a low moisture content and excellent interlayer adhesion. Even if this laminated body is made into a thin film, it is possible to prevent deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature and high humidity conditions by being superimposed on the polarizer.
  • the “adhesive polymer layer” means a layer containing an adhesive polymer described later in an amount of 50% by mass or more.
  • the content of the adhesive polymer in the adhesive polymer layer is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 85% by mass or more.
  • the higher the content of the adhesive polymer the higher the adhesiveness with the cellulose ester layer, which is preferable. Therefore, the content of the adhesive polymer in the adhesive polymer layer may be 100% by mass, and is usually 99% by mass or less.
  • the balance can contain various additives described later.
  • Two or more adhesive polymers may be used in combination. That is, adhesive polymers having different composition ratios and / or molecular weights may be used in combination. In this case, the total amount of the adhesive polymer is within the above range.
  • the term “adhesive polymer” simply means a polymer that can be in close contact with the cellulose ester layer, and is merely used to facilitate understanding of the present invention.
  • the “adhesive polymer” includes all polymers having a repeating unit as defined in the present invention regardless of the degree of adhesion. That is, in judging the gist and technical scope of the present invention, the term “adhesiveness” is not considered as an invention specific matter for interpreting the present invention in a limited manner.
  • the adhesive polymer constituting the adhesive polymer layer has at least one repeating unit of the following [a] and at least one repeating unit of the following [b] in one molecule.
  • [A] A repeating unit derived from a styrene compound, a terpene compound, a C5 fraction compound or a C9 fraction compound, and having a solubility parameter ⁇ t calculated by the Hoy method of 13.5 to 19.5
  • the C5 fraction compound and the C9 fraction compound are: Resolved oil fractions
  • the solubility parameter ⁇ t is literature "Properties of Polymers 3 rd, ELSEVIER , (1990)" The ⁇ t obtained for Amorphous Polymers according to the 214-220 pages, "2) Method of Hoy (1985,1989)” column of Meaning, calculated according to the description in the above column of the above document. Units of the solubility parameter ⁇ t in the present invention are "(cal / cm 3) 1/2.”
  • the repeating unit [a] is not particularly limited as long as the above [a] is satisfied.
  • the styrene compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a repeating unit that forms a styrene polymer.
  • the styrenic polymer include [0011] to [0020] in JP-A No. 2004-123965, [0014] to [0016] in JP-A No. 2013-75969, and [0011] in JP-A No. 7-3094. ] Etc. can be referred to.
  • styrene compound from which the repeating unit [a] is derived include, for example, styrene, 2-methylstyrene, 3-methylstyrene, 4-methylstyrene, 2-chlorostyrene, 3-chlorostyrene, 4-chlorostyrene.
  • the above-mentioned [a] repeating unit is not particularly limited as long as it is a terpene-based polymer-forming repeating unit.
  • Examples of the terpene compound for deriving such a repeating unit include, for example, [0011] of JP-A-8-3485, [0012] to [0014] of JP-A-2007-217603, and [0008] of JP-A-2008-248215.
  • [0017] of JP 2008-217044 A can be referred to.
  • terpene compound examples include, for example, ⁇ -pinene, ⁇ -pinene, dipentene (limonene), camphene, ⁇ 3-carene, ⁇ -terpinene, ⁇ -terpinene, terpinolene, p-cymene, myrcene or allocymene. .
  • the above-mentioned repeating unit [a] is not particularly limited as long as it is derived from a C5 fraction compound, as long as it is a repeating unit forming a C5 fraction polymer.
  • Examples of the C5 fraction compound that leads to such a repeating unit include, for example, [0012] of JP-A No. 2015-166405, [0045] of JP-A No. 2014-234448 or [0017] of JP-A No. 2011-98924. [0020] and the like can be referred to.
  • Specific examples of the C5 fraction compound include cyclopentadiene, isoprene, pentane, piperylene and the like.
  • the above-mentioned [a] repeating unit is not particularly limited as long as it is a repeating unit that forms a C9-based fraction-based polymer.
  • Examples of the C9 fraction compound that leads to such a repeating unit include [0013] of JP-A-2015-166405, [0045] of JP-A-2014-234448, and the like.
  • Specific examples of the C9 fraction compound include indene and dicyclopentadiene.
  • the adhesive polymer preferably has a repeating unit derived from a styrene compound as the repeating unit of [a].
  • the adhesive polymer more preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 1 as the repeating unit [a].
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and still more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the halogen atom that can be employed as R 1 , R 2, or R 3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • the alkyl group that can be used as R 1 , R 2, or R 3 may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group is more preferably methyl or ethyl, and still more preferably methyl.
  • the aryl group that can be adopted as R 1 , R 2, or R 3 preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably phenyl.
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are each preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an acyloxy group or an alkoxy group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
  • Examples of the halogen atom that can be adopted as R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 or R 15 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferable.
  • the alkyl group which can be taken as R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 or R 15 may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group is more preferably methyl, ethyl or butyl, and still more preferably methyl.
  • the alkenyl group which can be adopted as R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 or R 15 may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 or 3.
  • the alkenyl group is more preferably ethenyl or propenyl, and even more preferably ethenyl.
  • the aryl group that can be adopted as R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 or R 15 has preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably phenyl.
  • the alkoxy group which can be taken as R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 or R 15 may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkoxy group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxy group is more preferably methoxy or ethoxy.
  • the acyl group, acyloxy group or alkoxycarbonyl group which can be taken as R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 or R 15 is the same as the corresponding group in the substituent group T, and the preferred ones are also the same. is there.
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • two adjacent ethenyl groups may be bonded to each other to form a benzene ring (a naphthalene ring as a whole) including the carbon atom to which they are bonded.
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 may each further have a substituent selected from the substituent group T described above.
  • the alkyl group which has a substituent is mentioned, Specifically, a trifluoromethyl group is mentioned.
  • the adhesive polymer further preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 1-1 as the repeating unit of the above [a].
  • R 8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • R 8 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group that can be taken as R 8 have the same meanings as the alkyl group and aryl group that can be taken as R 1 , respectively, and the preferred ones are also the same.
  • R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 are respectively synonymous with R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 in the general formula 1, and preferred ones are also the same.
  • A-1 to A-19 and A-37 are repeating units derived from a styrene compound
  • A-20 to A-23 are repeating units derived from a C5 fraction compound
  • A-24 to A-28 is a repeating unit derived from a terpene compound
  • A-29 to A-36 are repeating units derived from a C9 fraction compound.
  • the repeating unit [b] is not particularly limited as long as the above [b] is satisfied.
  • the repeating unit satisfying the above [b] is not particularly limited as long as it is a (meth) acrylic acid ester compound-derived repeating unit that forms a (meth) acrylic acid ester polymer.
  • As the structure of such a repeating unit for example, paragraphs [0021] to [0023] in JP-A No. 2004-323770 or [0024] to [0059] in JP-A No. 2014-185196 can be referred to.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid ester compound for deriving the repeating unit [b] include, for example, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-acetoacetoxyethyl acrylate, 2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate, and methacrylic acid.
  • examples thereof include 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, 2-diethylaminoethyl methacrylate, and 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate.
  • the repeating unit [b] is not particularly limited as long as it is a (meth) acrylic acid compound-derived repeating unit that forms a (meth) acrylic acid polymer.
  • a repeating unit for example, paragraphs [0020] to [0027] of JP-A No. 2002-212221 can be referred to.
  • Specific examples of the (meth) acrylic acid compound from which the repeating unit [b] is derived include acrylic acid and its metal salt, and methacrylic acid and its metal salt.
  • the repeating unit [b] is not particularly limited as long as it is a (meth) acrylamide compound-derived repeating unit that forms a (meth) acrylic acid polymer.
  • the preferred structure of the compound leading to such a repeating unit is as shown in the structural formulas exemplified later.
  • the repeating unit of [b] is not particularly limited as long as it is a vinyl acetate compound-derived repeating unit that forms a vinyl acetate polymer.
  • a vinyl acetate compound-derived repeating unit that forms a vinyl acetate polymer.
  • paragraphs [0007] to [0008] of JP-A-2002-338609 can be referred to.
  • Specific examples of the vinyl acetate compound from which the repeating unit [b] is derived include vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl pivalate, isopropenyl acetate and the like.
  • “vinyl acetate compound” is used to include a compound in which a hydrogen atom of vinyl acetate is substituted.
  • the repeating unit [b] is not particularly limited as long as it is a vinyl ketone compound-derived repeating unit that forms a vinyl ketone polymer.
  • a vinyl ketone compound-derived repeating unit that forms a vinyl ketone polymer.
  • paragraphs [0010] to [0017] of JP-A-2007-230940 or paragraphs [0009] to [0011] of JP-A-7-291886 can be referred to.
  • Specific examples of the vinyl ketone compound for deriving the repeating unit [b] include methyl vinyl ketone, ethyl vinyl ketone, isopropenyl methyl ketone and the like.
  • the above-mentioned repeating unit [b] derived from a maleic anhydride compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a repeating unit forming a maleic anhydride polymer.
  • a repeating unit for example, paragraphs [0027] to [0029] of JP-A-2006-1111710, paragraphs [0013] to [0015] of JP-A-2008-156400, and the like can be referred to.
  • Specific examples of the maleic anhydride compound from which the repeating unit [b] is derived include maleic anhydride, N-methylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide and maleic acid.
  • “maleic anhydride compound” is used to include a compound derived from maleic anhydride.
  • a preferable structure when the repeating unit [b] is derived from a styrene compound is as shown in the structural formula exemplified later.
  • the repeating unit [b] may be a repeating unit derived from a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (carbon-carbon double bond) other than the repeating unit derived from each compound described above.
  • the adhesive polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 2 as the repeating unit [b].
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group which can be taken as R 4 has the same meaning as R 1 in the general formula 1, and the preferred one is also the same.
  • R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 5 and R 6 are each preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group which can be taken as R 5 and R 6 are respectively synonymous with the alkyl group and aryl group which can be taken as R 2 in the general formula 1, and the preferred ones are also the same.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group which can be taken as R 5 and R 6 has the same meaning as the alkoxycarbonyl group in the substituent group T, and preferred ones are also the same.
  • L is a single bond, a divalent linking group selected from an alkylene group, an arylene group, —C ( ⁇ O) —, —O— and —N (R 7 ) —, or a linking group thereof.
  • a divalent linking group formed by combining two or more types is shown.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and has the same meaning as R 1 described above, and preferred ones are also the same.
  • the alkylene group that can be taken as L is preferably linear.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 2.
  • the arylene group that can be taken as L preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably phenylene.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group that can be taken as L may each have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups in the substituent group T described above.
  • the number of the linking groups to be combined is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 9, for example, and more preferably 2 or 3.
  • the combination of the linking groups is not particularly limited, and for example, a combination of —C ( ⁇ O) — and —O— or a combination including —C ( ⁇ O) — and —O— is preferable.
  • the combination including —C ( ⁇ O) — and —O— includes a combination of —C ( ⁇ O) —, —O— and an alkylene group, or —C ( ⁇ O) —, —O— and an arylene group.
  • L is a linking group containing —C ( ⁇ O) —, and —C ( ⁇ O) — is bonded to the main chain (carbon atom to which R 4 is bonded).
  • the adhesive polymer further preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 2-1 as the repeating unit [b].
  • R 9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R 9 has the same meaning as R 4 in formula 2 above, and preferred ones are also the same.
  • L is a single bond, a divalent linking group selected from an alkylene group, an arylene group, —C ( ⁇ O) —, —O— and —N (R 10 ) —, or a linking group thereof.
  • a divalent linking group formed by combining two or more types is shown.
  • R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and has the same meaning as R 7 described above, and preferred ones are also the same.
  • L in the general formula 2-1 has the same meaning as L in the general formula 2, and preferred ones are also the same.
  • the acetoacetoxy group in each repeating unit may be substituted with a substituent.
  • the adhesive polymer has, as the repeating unit [b], a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound (in the compounds represented by the general formulas 2 and 2-1, L is —C ( ⁇ O) — and —O— It is preferable to have a combination.
  • B-1 to B-4, B-12, B-13, B-17 to B-30, B-42 to B47 and B-50 are repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester compounds.
  • B-5, B-14 to B-16 are repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid compounds, and
  • B-6 to B-11, B-48 and B-49 are derived from (meth) acrylamide compounds.
  • B-31 to A-34 are repeating units derived from a vinyl acetate compound
  • B-35 and B-36 are repeating units derived from a vinyl ketone compound
  • B-37 to B-41 are anhydrous. It is a repeating unit derived from a maleic acid compound
  • B-51 is a repeating unit derived from a styrene compound.
  • the adhesive polymer is not particularly limited as to the content of each repeating unit as long as it has both the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b].
  • the total amount of monomer components (repeating units) constituting the adhesive polymer is The molar amount of the repeating unit [b] is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and even more preferably 20 mol% or more.
  • the molar amount of the repeating unit (b) occupying in the total molar amount of the monomer component constituting the adhesive polymer is preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, and even more preferably 80 mol% or less. .
  • the molar amount of the repeating unit [a] in the total molar amount of the monomer components constituting the adhesive polymer is determined. It is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, still more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, and 40 mol% or more. It is particularly preferable to set it to 50 mol% or more.
  • the molar amount of the repeating unit [a] in the total molar amount of the monomer components constituting the adhesive polymer is preferably 95 mol% or less, and more preferably 90 mol% or less.
  • the molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [a] is preferably 50 mol% or more, and 70 mol% or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 80 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 90 mol% or more.
  • the adhesive polymer preferably has a molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [a] of 100 mol% or less. It is also preferred that all of the repeating units [a] contained therein are repeating units represented by the above general formula 1.
  • the molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 1-1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [a] is preferably 50 mol% or more, and 70 mol% or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 80 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 90 mol% or more. Further, the adhesive polymer preferably has a molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 1-1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [a] of 100 mol% or less. It is also preferred that all of the repeating units [a] contained in the functional polymer are repeating units represented by the general formula 1-1.
  • the molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula 2 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [b] is preferably 50 mol% or more, and 70 mol% or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 80 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 90 mol% or more.
  • the adhesive polymer preferably has a molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 2 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [b] of 100 mol% or less. It is also preferred that all of the repeating units [b] contained therein are repeating units represented by the above general formula 2.
  • the molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 2-1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [b] is preferably 50 mol% or more, and 70 mol% or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 80 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 90 mol% or more.
  • the adhesive polymer preferably has a molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 2-1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [b] of 100 mol% or less. It is also preferred that all of the repeating units [b] contained in the conductive polymer are repeating units represented by the general formula 2-1.
  • the adhesive polymer may have other repeating units in addition to the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b] as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the content of the repeating unit (a) and the content of the repeating unit (b) are preferably 50% by mass or more in total. More preferably, it is 70 mass% or more, More preferably, it is 80 mass% or more, It is especially preferable that it is 90 mass% or more.
  • the molar amount of the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b] is preferably 100 mol% or less in total, and the repeating unit [a] and the above [b] It is also preferred that the form is composed of repeating units.
  • the layer using the adhesive polymer having the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b] is excellent in adhesion to the cellulose ester layer is not clear, but is estimated as follows. That is, the solubility parameter ⁇ t of the repeating unit in the condition [b] is relatively close to the solubility parameter ⁇ t of the cellulose ester, and it is considered that a partial gradient occurs in the affinity with the cellulose ester in the adhesive polymer layer. . And it is estimated that a part with a comparatively high affinity with a cellulose ester interacts effectively with a cellulose-ester layer, and improves interlayer adhesiveness.
  • the adhesive polymer also has the repeating unit [a] having a high solubility parameter ⁇ t, the moisture permeability of the laminate can be effectively suppressed. Furthermore, the laminate in which the adhesive polymer layer and the cellulose ester layer are laminated has a structure in which moisture penetrated into the inside is suppressed and moisture permeability is more effectively suppressed due to the laminated structure of different materials. it is conceivable that.
  • the adhesive polymer contains the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b], and can efficiently express the characteristics of each repeating unit.
  • the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b] have a good balance in the above-mentioned preferred composition ratio (molar ratio)
  • the characteristics of each repeating unit are made compatible at a higher level. be able to.
  • the adhesive polymer exhibits excellent water resistance by having the repeating unit [a] having a smaller solubility parameter ⁇ t than the repeating unit [b].
  • the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the adhesive polymer used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, and 15,000 or more. Is more preferably 35,000 or more, and most preferably 75,000 or more.
  • the upper limit value of the weight average molecular weight of the adhesive polymer is preferably 2,000,000 or less, more preferably 1,500,000 or less, and 1,000, from the viewpoint of film forming properties. Is more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 750,000 or less, still more preferably 500,000 or less, particularly preferably 350,000 or less, and 250,000 or less. Most preferably it is.
  • the molecular weight can be measured by the method described in Examples described later.
  • the film thickness of the adhesive polymer layer is not particularly limited, preferably 1 to 25 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 20 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 1 to 15 ⁇ m.
  • the cellulose ester layer which comprises the laminated body of this invention is a layer which contains 50 mass% or more of cellulose esters in a layer. 60 mass% or more is preferable, as for content of the cellulose ester in a cellulose-ester layer, 70 mass% or more is more preferable, 80 mass% or more is further more preferable, and 85 mass% or more is especially preferable.
  • the upper limit of the content of the cellulose ester in the cellulose ester layer is usually 96% by mass or less, preferably 95% by mass or less, and more preferably 92% by mass or less. In this case, the remainder excluding the cellulose ester includes, for example, an additive described later.
  • the cellulose ester used as a raw material in the production of the cellulose ester layer of the present invention will be described.
  • the cellulose ester can be used without particular limitation as long as it is a cellulose ester used for the production of a cellulose ester film.
  • the ⁇ -1,4-bonded glucose unit constituting cellulose has free hydroxy groups at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions.
  • the cellulose ester is a polymer (polymer) obtained by esterifying a part of these hydroxy groups with an esterifying agent or the like. Examples of cellulose include cotton linter and wood pulp (hardwood pulp, softwood pulp), and the like.
  • cellulose obtained from any raw material cellulose can be used, and in some cases, a mixture may be used.
  • Raw material cellulose is, for example, Marusawa and Uda, “Plastic Materials Course (17) Fibrous Resin”, Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun (published in 1970) and JIII Journal of Technical Publication No. 2001-1745 (page 7).
  • a cellulose ester the well-known cellulose ester used for manufacture of a cellulose-ester film can be used without a restriction
  • the acyl substitution degree indicates the degree of acylation of the hydroxy group of cellulose located at the 2-position, 3-position and 6-position, and is 2 for all glucose units.
  • substitution degree indicates the degree of acylation of the hydroxy group of cellulose located at the 2-position, 3-position and 6-position, and is 2 for all glucose units.
  • the total acyl substitution degree is 1 when all of any one of the 6-position and 2-position is acylated in each glucose unit in all hydroxy groups of all glucose. That is, the degree of substitution indicates the degree of acylation, where 3 is the case where all the hydroxy groups in the glucose molecule are all acylated.
  • the degree of substitution of cellulose acylate is described in Tezuka et al., Carbohydrate. Res. , 273, 83-91 (1995), or according to the method prescribed in ASTM-D817-96.
  • the total acyl substitution degree of the cellulose acylate used in the present invention is preferably 1.50 or more and 3.00 or less, more preferably 2.00 to 2.97, from the viewpoint of moisture permeability, and 2.30 or more. More preferably, it is less than 2.97, and particularly preferably 2.30 to 2.95.
  • the acyl group of the cellulose acylate used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and may have one acyl group or may have two or more acyl groups.
  • the cellulose acylate that can be used in the present invention preferably has an acyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms as a substituent.
  • the acyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms is not particularly limited, and may be an aliphatic acyl group or an aromatic acyl group.
  • acyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms include acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, heptanoyl, hexanoyl, octanoyl, decanoyl, dodecanoyl, tridecanoyl, tetradecanoyl, hexadecanoyl, octadecanoyl, isobutanoyl, tert-butanoyl, cyclohexane
  • Examples include carbonyl, oleoyl, benzoyl, naphthylcarbonyl, cinnamoyl and the like.
  • acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, dodecanoyl, octadecanoyl, tert-butanoyl, oleoyl, benzoyl, naphthylcarbonyl, and cinnamoyl are preferable, and acetyl, propionyl, and butanoyl are more preferable.
  • Cellulose acetate using only an acetyl group as the acyl group of cellulose acylate can be suitably used in the present invention.
  • the total acyl substitution degree of this cellulose acetate is 2.00 or more from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and optical properties. It is preferably 3.00 or less, more preferably 2.20 to 3.00, even more preferably 2.30 to 3.00, and 2.30 to 2.97. More preferred is 2.30 to 2.95.
  • a mixed fatty acid ester having two or more kinds of acyl groups can also be preferably used as the cellulose acylate in the present invention.
  • the acyl group of the mixed fatty acid ester preferably includes an acetyl group and an acyl group having 3 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the degree of acetyl substitution is preferably less than 2.5 and more preferably less than 1.9.
  • the degree of substitution of the acyl group having 3 to 4 carbon atoms is preferably 0.1 to 1.5, and preferably 0.2 to 1.2.
  • two types of cellulose esters or cellulose acylates having one or both of an ester group and a degree of substitution can be used in combination.
  • the degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester or cellulose acylate used in the present invention is preferably 250 to 800, more preferably 300 to 600.
  • the number average molecular weight of the cellulose ester or cellulose acylate used in the present invention is preferably 40000 to 230,000, more preferably 60000 to 230,000, and most preferably 75,000 to 200000.
  • the degree of polymerization can be determined by ordering the number average molecular weight measured in terms of polystyrene by Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) with the molecular weight of the glucopyranose unit of cellulose ester or cellulose acylate.
  • GPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • the cellulose ester used in the present invention can be synthesized by a conventional method.
  • cellulose acylate can be synthesized using an acid anhydride or acid chloride as an acylating agent.
  • an organic acid for example, acetic acid
  • methylene chloride is used as a reaction solvent.
  • a protic catalyst such as sulfuric acid can be used as the catalyst.
  • the acylating agent is an acid chloride
  • a basic compound can be used as a catalyst.
  • cellulose acylate In general industrial production of cellulose acylate, an organic acid (acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, etc.) or an acid anhydride (acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, etc.) corresponding to the desired acyl group in cellulose is used. Is used to esterify the hydroxy group. For example, a cellulose derived from cotton linter or wood pulp is used as a raw material, and this is activated with an organic acid such as acetic acid and then esterified with an organic acid having a desired structure in the presence of a sulfuric acid catalyst. Acylate can be obtained.
  • cellulose is generally esterified using an excess amount of the organic acid anhydride relative to the amount of hydroxy groups present in the cellulose.
  • Cellulose acylate can also be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-10-45804.
  • the cellulose ester layer of the present invention other resins (for example, (meth) acrylic resin etc.) can be used in combination with the cellulose ester within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • the content of the other resin in the cellulose ester film is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less, still more preferably 20% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 15% by mass or less in the cellulose ester film. 10 mass% or less is the most preferable.
  • the method for forming the cellulose ester layer is not particularly limited.
  • a melt film forming method or a solution film forming method is preferable, and the solution film forming method is more preferable in consideration of volatilization and decomposition of additives. preferable.
  • Examples of film production using the solvent cast method are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,336,310, 2,367,603, 2,492,078, 2,492,977, Nos. 2,492,978, 2,607,704, 2,739,069 and 2,739,070, British Patent Nos.
  • the cellulose ester layer may be subjected to a stretching treatment.
  • a stretching treatment refers to, for example, JP-A-62-115035, JP-A-4-152125, 4-284221, 4-298310, and 11-48271. can do.
  • the solution casting method includes a method of uniformly extruding the prepared dope from a pressure die onto a metal support, and a doctor that adjusts the film thickness with a blade of the dope once cast on a metal support.
  • a method using a blade and a method using a reverse roll coater which adjusts with a reverse rotating roll and a method using a pressure die is preferred.
  • the pressure die includes a coat hanger type and a T die type, and any of them can be preferably used.
  • it can be carried out by various known methods for casting a cellulose ester solution, and each condition is set in consideration of differences in the boiling point of the solvent used. can do.
  • the cellulose ester layer may be a single layer or multiple layers, and in the case of multiple layers, it is preferable to use a lamination casting method such as a co-casting method, a sequential casting method, a coating method, It is particularly preferable to use the simultaneous co-casting (also referred to as simultaneous multi-layer co-casting) method from the viewpoint of stable production and production cost reduction.
  • a cellulose ester solution also referred to as a dope
  • this solution is cast on a support.
  • a casting dope for each layer (which may be three layers or more) is provided on a casting support (band or drum) from a separate slit or the like.
  • the dope is extruded using a casting die that can be extruded at the same time, and the layers are cast simultaneously.
  • It is a casting method in which after casting, the film is peeled off from the support after an appropriate time and dried to form a film.
  • a co-casting die for example, a total of three layers: a surface layer two layers formed from a surface layer dope on a casting support, and a core layer composed of a core layer dope sandwiched between these surface layers. It can be extruded and cast simultaneously on a support.
  • a casting dope for the first layer is first extruded from a casting die on a casting support, cast, and dried or dried without being dried.
  • the dope for casting for two layers is extruded from the casting die, and if necessary, the dope is successively cast or laminated to the third layer or more and peeled off from the support after an appropriate time. And dried to form a cellulose ester layer.
  • the coating method generally, a core layer is formed into a film by a solution casting method, and a coating solution that is a target cellulose ester solution is applied to the surface layer, followed by drying to form a cellulose ester having a laminated structure. Form a layer.
  • the cellulose ester layer is also preferably stretched after casting and drying.
  • the stretching direction of the cellulose ester layer may be either a film transport direction (MD (Machine Direction) direction) or a direction (TD (Transverse Direction) direction) orthogonal to the transport direction. Considering the subsequent polarizing plate processing process, the TD direction is preferable.
  • the stretching process may be performed a plurality of times in two or more stages.
  • the film can be stretched by conveying the film while holding the film with a tenter and gradually widening the width of the tenter. Further, after the film is dried, it can be stretched using a stretching machine (preferably uniaxial stretching using a long stretching machine). In the case of stretching in the MD direction, for example, it can be performed by adjusting the speed of the film conveyance roller to make the winding speed faster than the film peeling speed.
  • the transmission axis of the polarizer and the cellulose ester An embodiment in which the slow axes in the plane of the layer are arranged in parallel is preferable. Since the transmission axis of the roll film polarizer produced continuously is generally parallel to the width direction of the roll film, the protection comprising the roll film polarizer and the roll film cellulose ester layer is used. In order to continuously bond the films, the in-plane slow axis of the roll film-like protective film needs to be parallel to the width direction of the cellulose ester layer. Therefore, it is preferable to stretch more in the TD direction. The stretching process may be performed in the middle of the film forming process, or the original fabric that has been formed and wound may be stretched.
  • the stretching in the TD direction is preferably 5 to 100%, more preferably 5 to 80%, and particularly preferably 5 to 40%. In the case of unstretched, the stretching is 0%.
  • the said cellulose-ester layer may contain the additive in the range which does not impair the effect of this invention.
  • the additive include known plasticizers, organic acids, dyes, polymers, retardation adjusting agents, ultraviolet absorbers, antioxidants, matting agents, and the like. Regarding these, the description of paragraph numbers [0062] to [0097] of JP2012-155287A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the additive include a peeling accelerator, an organic acid, and a polyvalent carboxylic acid derivative. With respect to these, the description of WO2015 / 005398, paragraphs [0212] to [0219] can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • examples of the additive include a radical scavenger, a deterioration inhibitor, and a barbituric acid compound, which will be described later.
  • the content of the additive (when the cellulose ester layer contains two or more additives), the total content thereof is preferably 50 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cellulose ester, The amount is more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 5 to 20 parts by mass.
  • Plasticizer One preferred additive is a plasticizer.
  • a plasticizer By adding a plasticizer to the cellulose ester layer, the hydrophobicity of the cellulose ester layer can be increased. This point is preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the water content of the cellulose ester layer. It is preferable to use such a plasticizer because when the laminate having a cellulose ester layer is used as a polarizing plate protective film, display unevenness of the image display device due to humidity can be hardly generated. .
  • polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer The polyvalent ester compound (henceforth "polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer") of a polyhydric alcohol, and a polycondensation ester compound (henceforth "polycondensation ester plasticizer”) Or a carbohydrate compound (hereinafter also referred to as “carbohydrate derivative plasticizer”).
  • carbohydrate derivative plasticizers For polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers, paragraphs [0081] to [0098] of WO2015 / 005398, and for polycondensed ester plasticizers, paragraphs [0099] to [0122] of the same publication, carbohydrate derivative plasticizers.
  • the molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and still more preferably 1000 or less, from the viewpoint of obtaining the above-described effect by adding it satisfactorily.
  • the molecular weight of the plasticizer is, for example, 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, from the viewpoint of low volatility. In the case of multimeric plasticizers, the molecular weight is the number average molecular weight.
  • the content of the plasticizer is 1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (cellulose ester) of the layer to which the plasticizer is added, from the viewpoint of achieving both the effect of adding the plasticizer and suppressing the precipitation of the plasticizer. It is preferably 2 to 15 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 15 parts by mass. Two or more plasticizers may be used in combination. Also when using 2 or more types together, the specific example and preferable range of content are the same as the above.
  • One preferable additive may include an antioxidant.
  • an antioxidant reference can be made to the description of paragraphs [0143] to [0165] of International Publication No. 2015/005398, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • radical scavenger One preferred additive may include a radical scavenger.
  • the description in paragraphs [0166] to [0199] of International Publication No. 2015/005398 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • a deterioration preventing agent As one of preferable additives, a deterioration preventing agent can be mentioned. With regard to the deterioration preventing agent, the description in paragraphs [0205] to [0206] of International Publication No. 2015/005398 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the cellulose ester layer may also contain a compound having a barbituric acid structure (barbituric acid compound).
  • a barbituric acid compound is a compound which can express various functions in a cellulose-ester layer by adding this compound.
  • the barbituric acid compound is effective for improving the hardness of the cellulose ester layer.
  • the barbituric acid compound is also effective in improving the durability of a polarizing plate having a cellulose ester layer containing this compound against light, heat or humidity.
  • the description in paragraphs [0029] to [0060] of International Publication No. 2015/005398 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • the cellulose ester layer can be improved in adhesion to a polarizer material such as polyvinyl alcohol by alkali saponification treatment.
  • a polarizer material such as polyvinyl alcohol
  • the saponification method the method described in paragraph No. 0211 and paragraph No. 0212 of JP-A-2007-86748 can be used.
  • the alkali saponification treatment for the cellulose ester layer is preferably performed in a cycle in which the film surface is immersed in an alkali solution, neutralized with an acidic solution, washed with water and dried.
  • the alkaline solution include potassium hydroxide solution and sodium hydroxide solution.
  • the concentration of hydroxide ions is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 5.0 mol / L, and more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 4.0 mol / L.
  • the temperature of the alkaline solution is preferably in the range of room temperature (25 ° C.) to 90 ° C., more preferably in the range of 40 to 70 ° C.
  • the film thickness of the cellulose ester layer is preferably 1 to 80 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 60 ⁇ m, still more preferably 3 to 60 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the core layer is preferably 3 to 70 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 to 60 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of skin layer A and skin layer B is preferably 0.5 to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 10 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 0.5 to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the core layer is a layer located inside in the laminated structure, and in the case of a three-layer structure, the core layer is an intermediate layer, and the skin layers A and B are layers located outside in the laminated structure or the three-layer structure.
  • the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention is demonstrated.
  • the laminated body of this invention is not specifically limited, A well-known method is employable.
  • a cellulose ester layer can be produced by a method described later, and then an adhesive polymer layer can be formed by various known coating methods to produce a laminate.
  • a micro gravure coating system can be used preferably.
  • a coating liquid will not be specifically limited, Coating conditions and film-forming conditions Is not particularly limited.
  • it can be produced by a melt casting method or a solution casting method.
  • the melt film forming method a production method such as a T-die method is preferably used, and a simultaneous coextrusion method is particularly preferable.
  • the solution casting method it is preferable to use a lamination casting method such as the above-mentioned co-casting method, sequential casting method, coating method or the like. Is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of stable production and production cost reduction.
  • the haze measured by the following method is preferably 1% or less, more preferably 0.7% or less, and particularly preferably 0.5% or less.
  • a laminate exhibiting such haze is excellent in transparency and suitable as a film member for a liquid crystal display device.
  • the lower limit of haze is 0.001% or more, for example, it is not specifically limited.
  • the haze is measured in accordance with JIS K7136 (2000) using a haze meter (HGM-2DP, Suga Test Instruments) in an environment of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 60% using a laminate 40 mm ⁇ 80 mm.
  • the film thickness of the laminate of the present invention can be appropriately determined according to the application, but can be set to 5 to 100 ⁇ m, for example. When the thickness is 5 ⁇ m or more, the handling property when producing a web-like film is improved, which is preferable. Moreover, by setting it as 100 micrometers or less, it becomes easy to respond to a humidity change and it becomes easy to maintain an optical characteristic.
  • the film thickness of the laminate is more preferably 8 to 80 ⁇ m, still more preferably 10 to 70 ⁇ m.
  • Moisture permeability of the laminate of the present invention is preferably not more than 1600g / m 2 / day, more preferably not more than 1000g / m 2 / day, more preferably at most 600g / m 2 / day , 200 g / m 2 / day or less is particularly preferable.
  • the moisture content of the laminate is 25 ° C., regardless of the film thickness, so as not to impair the adhesion with a hydrophilic thermoplastic resin such as polyvinyl alcohol when used as a protective film for a polarizing plate.
  • the water content at a relative humidity of 80% is preferably 0% by mass or more and less than 4% by mass.
  • the content is more preferably 0 to 2.5% by mass, and still more preferably 0 to 1.5% by mass. If the equilibrium moisture content is less than 4% by mass, the dependence of retardation on humidity changes does not become too great, and the display unevenness of the liquid crystal display device at the time of black display after normal temperature, high humidity and high temperature and high humidity environment is suppressed.
  • the moisture content can be measured by a Karl Fischer method using a film sample 7 mm ⁇ 35 mm using a moisture measuring device and sample drying apparatuses “CA-03” and “VA-05” (both manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation). .
  • the moisture content can be calculated by dividing the moisture content (g) by the sample mass (g).
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention includes a polarizer and at least one laminate of the present invention as a protective film for the polarizer.
  • a polarizing plate in which both surfaces of a polarizer are sandwiched between polarizing plate protective films to protect both surfaces is widely used.
  • polarizer for example, a film obtained by immersing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film in an iodine solution can be used.
  • a polarizer obtained by immersing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film in an iodine solution for example, the saponification surface of the cellulose ester layer in the laminate is bonded to at least one surface of the polarizer using an adhesive. Can do.
  • the laminate of the present invention can be used as a polarizing plate protective film.
  • the preparation method of the polarizing plate of this invention is not specifically limited, It can produce according to a general method.
  • the laminate of the present invention is treated with an alkali and bonded to both surfaces of a polarizer produced by immersing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film in an iodine solution using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution.
  • alkali treatment easy adhesion processing as described in JP-A-6-94915 or JP-A-6-118232 may be applied. Other surface treatments can also be performed.
  • the laminate surface of the laminate with the polarizer may be on the adhesive polymer layer side, or on the cellulose ester layer side. But it ’s okay. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion between the polarizer and the laminate, it is preferable to directly bond the cellulose ester layer side to the polarizer.
  • the lamination of the laminate of the present invention is preferably bonded to the polarizer so that the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the laminate of the present invention are parallel, orthogonal or 45 °.
  • the slow axis can be measured by various known methods, for example, using a birefringence meter (KOBRADH, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments).
  • parallel, orthogonal, or 45 ° includes a range of errors allowed in the technical field to which the present invention belongs.
  • the parallel of the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the laminate of the present invention means that the direction of the main refractive index nx of the laminate of the present invention and the direction of the transmission axis of the polarizer intersect at an angle of ⁇ 10 °.
  • This angle is preferably within a range of ⁇ 5 °, more preferably within a range of ⁇ 3 °, further preferably within a range of ⁇ 1 °, and most preferably within a range of ⁇ 0.5 °.
  • the orthogonality of the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the laminate of the present invention means that the direction of the main refractive index nx of the laminate of the present invention and the direction of the transmission axis of the polarizer are 90 ° ⁇ 10 °. It means that they intersect at an angle within the range of.
  • This angle is preferably in the range of 90 ° ⁇ 5 °, more preferably in the range of 90 ° ⁇ 3 °, even more preferably in the range of 90 ° ⁇ 1 °, most preferably 90 ° ⁇ 0.1 °. Within range. If it is the above ranges, the fall of the polarization degree performance under polarizing plate cross Nicol will be suppressed, and light omission will be reduced and it is preferable.
  • an adhesive agent used for bonding a polarizing plate protective film and a polarizer for example, the aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol or polyvinyl acetal (for example, polyvinyl butyral), vinyl polymer (for example, polybutyl) Acrylate) latex, UV curable adhesive, and the like.
  • a particularly preferred adhesive is an aqueous solution of fully saponified polyvinyl alcohol.
  • the polarizing plate is composed of a polarizer and protective films protecting both surfaces thereof, and at least one of the protective films is preferably a laminate of the present invention.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention includes the laminate of the present invention as a polarizing plate protective film. Therefore, deterioration of the polarizer is effectively prevented, and high polarizer durability is exhibited. Furthermore, it is also preferable that this polarizing plate is constituted by laminating a separate film on the surface.
  • the separate film is used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate at the time of shipping the polarizing plate and at the time of product inspection.
  • the separate film is used for the purpose of covering the adhesive layer to be bonded to the liquid crystal plate, and is used on the surface side of the polarizing plate to be bonded to the liquid crystal plate.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention preferably has the following physical properties or characteristics.
  • Orthogonal transmittance CT In the polarizing plate of the present invention, the value of the orthogonal transmittance CT at a wavelength of 410 nm is preferably CT ⁇ 2.0 (all units are%), more preferably CT ⁇ 1.3, and CT ⁇ More preferably, 0.6, and particularly preferably CT ⁇ 0.05.
  • the higher the orthogonal transmittance at the wavelength of 410 nm the more light leaks around the wavelength of 410 nm, and the black display on the display becomes blue.
  • a low orthogonal transmittance means that the polarization performance is good. From the viewpoint of changing performance such as color reproducibility, the orthogonal transmittance at a wavelength of 410 nm is preferably low.
  • the orthogonal transmittance can be measured using, for example, an automatic polarizing film measuring apparatus: VAP-7070 (manufactured by JASCO Corporation).
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention is excellent in durability, more specifically, in suppressing deterioration of polarizing plate performance even when left for a long time under high temperature and high humidity conditions.
  • the amount of change in the orthogonal transmittance before and after the polarizing plate is placed under high temperature and high humidity for a predetermined period can be used.
  • the orthogonal transmittance uses an average value when measured 10 times. Further, the amount of change in the orthogonal transmittance is obtained as the difference between the average values obtained by performing the measurement 10 times before and after leaving.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention is preferably used for an image display device.
  • Examples of such an image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device.
  • the polarizing plate of this invention is used suitably for a liquid crystal display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device which is one embodiment as the image display device of the present invention includes a liquid crystal cell and the polarizing plate of the present invention disposed in at least one of the liquid crystal cells.
  • a liquid crystal display device as an embodiment of the image display device of the present invention includes a liquid crystal cell in which liquid crystal is supported between two electrode substrates, two polarizing plates disposed on both sides thereof, and Accordingly, at least one optical compensation film is provided between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing plate.
  • a preferred embodiment of the liquid crystal display device will be described.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an embodiment of the liquid crystal display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device 20 includes a liquid crystal layer 24 and a first (upper liquid crystal cell) electrode substrate 23 and a second (lower liquid crystal cell) electrode substrate 25 arranged on both surface sides (referred to as upper and lower sides in FIG. 2).
  • a first (upper) polarizing plate 21 and a second (lower) polarizing plate 26 disposed on both sides of the liquid crystal cell.
  • a color filter may be disposed between the liquid crystal cell and each polarizing plate.
  • the liquid crystal display device 20 When the liquid crystal display device 20 is used as a transmission type, a cold cathode or hot cathode fluorescent tube, or a backlight having a light emitting diode, field emission element, or electroluminescent element as a light source is disposed on the back surface.
  • the substrate of the liquid crystal cell generally has a thickness of 50 ⁇ m to 2 mm.
  • the first polarizing plate 21 and the second polarizing plate 26 usually have a configuration in which a polarizer is sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films.
  • it is preferable that at least one polarizing plate is the polarizing plate of the present invention.
  • the laminated body of this invention after arrange
  • the liquid crystal display device 20 of the present invention is preferably laminated in the order of the laminate of the present invention as a polarizing plate protective film, a polarizer, and a general transparent protective film from the outside of the device (the side far from the liquid crystal cell).
  • the liquid crystal layer 24 of the liquid crystal cell is usually formed by sealing liquid crystal in a space formed by sandwiching a spacer between two substrates.
  • the transparent electrode layer is formed on the substrate as a transparent film containing a conductive substance. Thereby, it becomes an electrode substrate provided with the substrate and the transparent electrode layer.
  • the liquid crystal cell may further be provided with a gas barrier layer, a hard coat layer, or an undercoat layer (undercoat layer) (used for adhesion of the transparent electrode layer). These layers are usually provided on the substrate.
  • the laminate of the present invention can also be preferably used as an optical compensation film for liquid crystal display devices.
  • the liquid crystal display device has a liquid crystal cell in which liquid crystal is supported between two electrode substrates, two polarizers disposed on both sides thereof, and at least between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer described above. It is more preferable that the laminate of the present invention is arranged as an optical compensation film.
  • the cellulose ester film of the present invention can be used for liquid crystal cells in various display modes.
  • TN Transmission Nematic
  • IPS In-Plane Switching
  • FLC Fluoroelectric Liquid Crystal
  • AFLC Anti-Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal
  • OCB Optically LilyCryBTS
  • Various display modes such as (Electrically Controlled Birefringence) and HAN (Hybrid Aligned Nematic) have been proposed.
  • a display mode in which the above display mode is oriented and divided has been proposed.
  • the cellulose ester of the present invention can be suitably used for a liquid crystal display device in any display mode. Further, it can be suitably used for any liquid crystal display device of a transmissive type, a reflective type, and a transflective type.
  • a monomer composition was prepared by measuring 0.1 g of dimethyl 2,2′-azobisisobutyrate and 75.0 g of methyl ethyl ketone and mixing and dissolving them. Next, the monomer composition was dropped into methyl ethyl ketone stirred at 85 ° C. at a rate of 1.1 mL / min. A chemical pump was used for dripping.
  • the reaction solution after completion of the addition was further reacted at 85 ° C. for 6 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature (25 ° C.), diluted with 500 mL of methyl ethyl ketone, and reprecipitated with 5 L of methanol to form a white precipitate. Obtained. The obtained white precipitate was filtered off, redispersed and washed with 2 L of methanol three times, and dried at 60 ° C. overnight to obtain 91.0 g of the target polymer P-1.
  • Comparative Synthesis Examples 1 and 2 Synthesis of Comparative Polymers HP-1 and HP-2> Comparative Polymers HP-1 and HP-2 were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the monomer type used in the Synthesis Example 1 was changed to a monomer that leads to the repeating unit shown in Table 1 below.
  • Table 1 below shows solubility parameters ⁇ t calculated by the Hoy method of the repeating units constituting the polymers obtained in the above synthesis examples and comparative synthesis examples.
  • Table 1 below also shows the content (mol%) of each repeating unit in the polymers obtained in the above synthesis examples and comparative synthesis examples.
  • the content of the repeating unit in the polymer is a chart obtained by measuring 1 H-NMR of each polymer using a nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectrum measurement apparatus (manufactured by BRUKER, 300 MHz). It was calculated (identified) from the integrated value.
  • Table 1 below shows the weight average molecular weights of the polymers obtained in the above synthesis examples and comparative synthesis examples.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • ⁇ Preparation of cellulose ester layer CA-1> The following composition was put into a mixing tank, stirred while heating to dissolve each component, and a cellulose acetate solution (dope A) having a solid content concentration of 22% by mass was prepared.
  • ⁇ Composition of cellulose acetate solution (Dope A) ⁇ Cellulose acetate with an acetyl substitution degree of 2.86 100 parts by weight Triphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) 7.8 parts by weight Biphenyl diphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) 3.9 parts by weight Ultraviolet absorber (Tinubin 328 manufactured by Ciba Japan) 0.9 Part by mass Ultraviolet absorber (manufactured by Tinuvin 326 Ciba Japan) 0.2 part by mass Methylene chloride (first solvent) 336 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 29 parts by mass 1-butanol (third solvent) 11 parts by mass ⁇
  • the prepared dope A was uniformly cast from a casting die onto a stainless steel endless band (casting support) having a width of 2000 mm.
  • a stainless steel endless band casting support
  • the amount of residual solvent in the dope A reaches 40% by mass, it is peeled off as a polymer film from the casting support, and is conveyed without being actively stretched by a tenter and dried at 130 ° C. in a drying zone. went.
  • the obtained cellulose ester layer (cellulose ester film) CA-1 had a thickness of 55 ⁇ m.
  • the prepared dope A was uniformly cast from a casting die onto a stainless steel endless band (casting support) having a width of 2000 mm.
  • the residual solvent amount in the dope A reaches 40% by mass, the polymer film is peeled from the casting support, and the rotational speed of the downstream roller is made higher than the rotational speed of the upstream roller at the transition portion.
  • drying was performed at 130 ° C. in the drying zone.
  • the film thickness of the obtained cellulose ester layer (cellulose ester film) CA-2 was 40 ⁇ m.
  • ⁇ Preparation of cellulose ester layer CA-3> The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred while heating to dissolve each component to prepare a cellulose acetate solution (dope B) having a solid content concentration of 22% by mass.
  • a cellulose acetate solution (dope B) having a solid content concentration of 22% by mass.
  • Composition of cellulose acetate solution (Dope B) ⁇ Cellulose acetate with an acetyl substitution degree of 2.87 100 parts by mass Monopet (registered trademark) SB (plasticizer) manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Kagaku 9.0 parts by weight SAIB-100 (plasticizer) manufactured by Eastman Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • UV absorber UV-1 below
  • Methylene chloride first solvent
  • Methanol Second solvent
  • 1-butanol third solvent
  • the prepared dope B was uniformly cast from a casting die onto a stainless steel endless band (casting support) having a width of 2000 mm.
  • a stainless steel endless band casting support
  • the amount of residual solvent in the dope B reaches 40% by mass, it is peeled off as a polymer film from the casting support, transported without being actively stretched by a tenter, and dried at 130 ° C. in a drying zone. went.
  • the obtained cellulose ester layer (cellulose ester film) CA-3 had a thickness of 55 ⁇ m.
  • ⁇ Preparation of cellulose ester layer CA-4> The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred while heating to dissolve each component to prepare a cellulose acetate solution (dope C) having a solid content concentration of 22% by mass.
  • ⁇ Composition of cellulose acetate solution (Dope C) ⁇ Cellulose acetate with an acetyl substitution degree of 2.87 100 parts by weight Polycondensation polymer (A) (plasticizer) 12.0 parts by weight UV absorber (UV-1) 2.0 parts by weight Methylene chloride (first solvent) 297.7 Part by mass Methanol (second solvent) 75.4 parts by mass 1-butanol (third solvent) 3.8 parts by mass ⁇ ⁇
  • Polycondensation polymer (A): Polyester composed of adipic acid and ethanediol (terminal is a hydroxy group) (number average molecular weight 1000)
  • the prepared dope C was uniformly cast from a casting die onto a stainless steel endless band (casting support) having a width of 2000 mm.
  • a stainless steel endless band casting support
  • the amount of residual solvent in the dope C reaches 40% by mass, it is peeled off as a polymer film from the casting support, and conveyed without being actively stretched by a tenter and dried at 130 ° C. in a drying zone. went.
  • the obtained cellulose ester layer (cellulose ester film) CA-4 had a thickness of 55 ⁇ m.
  • a cellulose ester layer having a thickness of 55 ⁇ m was prepared in the same manner as in the production of the cellulose ester layer CA-3 except that 4.0 parts by mass of the following barbituric acid compound (1) was added. (Cellulose ester film) CA-5 was obtained.
  • the barbituric acid compound (1) is a barbituric acid compound (Exemplary Compound A-3) described in International Publication No. 2015/005398, and was synthesized by the method described in the publication.
  • the polymer P-1 was mixed with methyl ethyl ketone so as to have a solid content of 15% by mass, charged into a glass separable flask equipped with a stirrer, stirred at room temperature for 5 hours, and filtered through a polypropylene depth filter having a pore size of 5 ⁇ m.
  • an adhesive polymer forming composition was obtained.
  • the adhesive polymer-forming composition was applied onto the cellulose ester layer CA-1 produced above using a gravure coater. Subsequently, it was dried at 25 ° C. for 1 minute, and further dried at 120 ° C. for about 5 minutes to obtain a laminate S-1 having a film thickness of 60 ⁇ m.
  • Moisture content is 1.0% or more and less than 1.5%
  • evaluations A to C are acceptable levels, evaluations A and B are preferable, and evaluation A is particularly preferable.
  • the laminates S-1 to S-26 each having a layer containing an adhesive polymer having the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b] were all used as laminates. It was shown that the moisture content was small and the adhesion between the layers was excellent. On the other hand, the laminate HS-1 having a layer containing the polymer HS-1 not having the repeating unit [b] was inferior in interlayer adhesion. On the other hand, the laminate HS-2 having a layer containing the polymer HS-2 having no repeating unit [a] had a high water content.
  • the obtained ZRD40 and each laminate were repeatedly drained with an air knife three times, and after dropping water, they were retained in a drying zone at 70 ° C. for 15 seconds and dried to obtain a saponified ZRD40 and each laminate.
  • Comparative polarizing plate HPL-1 could not be prepared because the cellulose ester layer and the adhesive polymer layer were peeled off during polarizing plate processing.
  • Polarizer plates PL-4 and PL-8 to PL-10 were produced as follows.
  • ⁇ Preparation of active energy ray-curable adhesive composition Each component was mixed by the composition shown below, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 1 hour, and obtained the active energy ray hardening-type adhesive composition.
  • ⁇ Composition of active energy ray-curable adhesive composition ⁇ Radical polysynthetic compound: Aronix M-220 manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd. 20.0 parts by mass N-hydroxylacrylamide 40.0 parts by mass Kojin Acroylmorpholine 40.0 parts by mass Radical polymerization initiator: KAYACURE DETX-S manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. 0.5 parts by mass Radical polymerization initiator: IRGACURE907 manufactured by BASF 1.5 parts by mass ⁇
  • Corona treatment was performed on the adhesive polymer layer side of the laminates S-6, S-24, S-25, and S-26 produced above.
  • the active energy ray-curable adhesive composition prepared above is applied to an MCD coater (manufactured by Fuji Machine Co., Ltd., cell shape: honeycomb, number of gravure roll wires: 1000 / INCH, rotation speed). 140% / vs. Line speed) was applied to a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • a cycloolefin film having a thickness of 40 ⁇ m (Arton G7810 manufactured by JSR) was prepared, and the surface thereof was subjected to corona treatment.
  • the active energy ray-curable adhesive composition was applied to the corona-treated surface so as to have a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m in the same manner as described above. Then, the surface which apply
  • a polarizing plate precursor was prepared by bonding to both sides of the polarizer.
  • active energy rays ultraviolet rays (gallium filled metal halide lamp), irradiation apparatus: Fusion UV Systems, Inc.
  • the illuminance of ultraviolet rays was measured using a Sola-Check system manufactured by Solatell.
  • the polarizing plate durability of each polarizing plate was evaluated according to the following criteria by the amount of change in orthogonal transmittance in a high temperature and high humidity environment at a temperature of 85 ° C. and a relative humidity of 85% as follows.
  • the orthogonal transmittance of each of the produced polarizing plates was measured 10 times in the range of 380 to 780 nm using an automatic polarizing film measuring apparatus: VAP-7070 (manufactured by JASCO Corporation).
  • the average value of the orthogonal transmittance at a wavelength of 410 nm was determined and used as the orthogonal transmittance before aging. In addition, the details of the measurement were as described above.
  • each polarizing plate was stored for 500 hours in an environment of 85 ° C. and a relative humidity of 85%.
  • the average value of the orthogonal transmittance at a wavelength of 410 nm was determined and used as the orthogonal transmittance after aging.
  • the orthogonal transmittance was measured in an environment at 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 60%.
  • the amount of change in orthogonal transmittance before and after storage was determined by the following formula.
  • Orthogonal transmittance change amount (%) [Orthogonal transmittance after aging (%)-Orthogonal transmittance before aging (%)]
  • Polarizer durability was evaluated based on the following criteria for the amount of change in orthogonal transmittance. In this test, evaluations A + to B out of the following five grades are acceptable levels. Evaluations A + and A are preferred, and evaluation A + is particularly preferred.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)

Abstract

A laminate, a polarizing plate using this laminate, and an image display device. The laminate has a layer containing a cellulose ester and a layer containing an adhesive polymer. The layer containing the adhesive polymer is adjacent to at least one surface of the layer containing the cellulose ester. The adhesive polymer has a repeating unit [a] and a repeating unit [b]. [a]: A repeating unit derived from a specific compound, e.g., a styrene compound, and having a solubility parameter δ t of 13.5-19.5. [b] A repeating unit derived from a specific compound, e.g., an ester acrylate compound, and having a solubility parameter δ t of 20.0-26.0.

Description

積層体、偏光板及び画像表示装置Laminated body, polarizing plate, and image display device
 本発明は、積層体、この積層体を用いた偏光板、及び画像表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a laminate, a polarizing plate using the laminate, and an image display device.
 エレクトロルミネッセンスディスプレイ(ELD)や液晶表示装置(LCD)に代表される画像表示装置には、その薄型化への要求が益々高まっている。また、屋外用途をはじめとして画像表示装置の使用環境は多様化しており、画像表示装置には従来に比べて過酷な環境下でも良好な画像品質を安定して維持できる性能(高度な耐久性)が求められるようになっている。
 画像表示装置における画像品質の低下は、水分が偏光板内部へと進入し、偏光子を劣化させることが一因とされる。偏光子はその表面に保護フィルム(光学フィルム)が積層されて保護されているが、保護フィルムにも薄膜化が求められている。保護フィルムを薄膜化すると水分が偏光子とより接触しやすくなり、画像品質が低下しやすくなる。また、かかる画像品質の低下は、屋外用途等の過酷環境下での使用においてより顕在化する。
Image display devices represented by electroluminescence displays (ELDs) and liquid crystal display devices (LCDs) are increasingly required to be thin. In addition, the usage environment of image display devices has been diversified, including outdoor applications, and image display devices have the ability to stably maintain good image quality even in harsh environments (high durability). Is now required.
The decrease in image quality in the image display apparatus is partly caused by moisture entering the polarizing plate and degrading the polarizer. The polarizer is protected by laminating a protective film (optical film) on the surface, but the protective film is also required to be thin. When the protective film is thinned, moisture is more likely to come into contact with the polarizer, and the image quality is likely to deteriorate. In addition, such a decrease in image quality becomes more apparent when used in harsh environments such as outdoor applications.
 上記保護フィルムとしては、汎用性や加工性の観点から、アクリル系ポリマー、スチレン類、ビニルエステル類若しくは無水マレイン酸類、若しくはこれらの共重合物、又は、セルロース系ポリマーが広く用いられている。耐久性をより高める必要性から、光学フィルムの改質が進められている(例えば特許文献1~3)。 As the protective film, acrylic polymers, styrenes, vinyl esters, maleic anhydrides, copolymers thereof, or cellulose polymers are widely used from the viewpoint of versatility and processability. Due to the necessity of further improving the durability, the optical film is being modified (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
特開平9-197128号公報JP-A-9-197128 特開2012-172062号公報JP 2012-172062 A 特開2013-101281号公報JP 2013-101281 A
 本発明者らは、偏光子の劣化を抑える観点で検討を重ねた結果、上記各特許文献に記載のフィルムをはじめ従来の保護フィルムでは、上述した要求水準まで高度に薄膜化した際には、高温高湿条件下における偏光子の劣化を十分に抑えることが困難であることが明らかとなってきた。この点について引き続き検討を重ねた結果、本発明者らは、保護フィルムの含水率と偏光板の劣化との間に相関性を見出した。
 更に、従来の保護フィルムのうち積層構造を有するもの、又は、従来の保護フィルムを用いた積層体は、高温高湿条件下に長時間さらされると、積層体の層間が剥離し、耐久性が十分ではないことが分かった。
As a result of repeated investigations from the viewpoint of suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer, the inventors of the present invention, including the films described in the above-mentioned patent documents, when the film is highly thinned to the above-described required level, It has been found that it is difficult to sufficiently suppress the deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature and high humidity conditions. As a result of continuous examination on this point, the present inventors have found a correlation between the moisture content of the protective film and the deterioration of the polarizing plate.
Furthermore, when a conventional protective film having a laminated structure or a laminate using a conventional protective film is exposed to a high temperature and high humidity condition for a long time, the layers of the laminate are peeled off, resulting in durability. I found it was not enough.
 本発明は、含水率が小さく、しかも耐久性にも優れる積層体、この積層体を用いた偏光板偏光板及び画像表示装置を提供することを課題とする。 An object of the present invention is to provide a laminate having a low moisture content and excellent durability, a polarizing plate using the laminate, and an image display device.
 本発明者らは、上記課題に鑑み鋭意検討を重ねた結果、溶解度パラメータが特定範囲内にある特定構造の繰り返し単位と、この繰り返し単位とは溶解度パラメータが異なる特定構造の繰り返し単位とを有するポリマーを含有する層を、セルロースエステルを含有する層上に設けた積層体が、含水率が小さく、上記ポリマーを含有する層とセルロースエステルを含有する層との層間密着性に優れること、また、偏光子の保護フィルムとして用いることにより高温高湿条件下においても偏光子の劣化を効果的に抑えることができることを見出した。本発明はこれらの知見に基づき、更に検討を重ね、完成されるに至ったものである。 As a result of intensive studies in view of the above problems, the present inventors have found that a polymer having a repeating unit having a specific structure with a solubility parameter within a specific range and a repeating unit having a specific structure with a different solubility parameter from the repeating unit. A laminate comprising a layer containing a cellulose ester on a layer containing a cellulose ester has a low moisture content and excellent interlayer adhesion between the layer containing the polymer and the layer containing the cellulose ester, It has been found that deterioration of the polarizer can be effectively suppressed even under high temperature and high humidity conditions by using it as a protective film for the polarizer. The present invention has been further studied and completed based on these findings.
 本発明の上記課題は下記の手段により解決された。
<1>セルロースエステルを含有する層と、密着性ポリマーを含有する層とを有する積層体であって、
 密着性ポリマーを含有する層が、セルロースエステルを含有する層の少なくとも一方の面に隣接し、
 密着性ポリマーが、下記〔a〕の繰り返し単位の少なくとも1種と、下記〔b〕の繰り返し単位の少なくとも1種とを有する、
積層体。
〔a〕:スチレン化合物、テルペン化合物、C5系留分化合物又はC9系留分化合物由来の繰り返し単位であって、Hoy法により算出される溶解度パラメータδtが13.5~19.5である繰り返し単位
〔b〕:アクリル酸エステル化合物、(メタ)アクリル酸化合物、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物、酢酸ビニル化合物、ビニルケトン化合物、無水マレイン酸化合物若しくはスチレン化合物由来の繰り返し単位又はこれらの繰り返し単位以外でエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物由来の繰り返し単位であって、Hoy法により算出される溶解度パラメータδtが20.0~26.0である繰り返し単位
The above-described problems of the present invention have been solved by the following means.
<1> A laminate having a layer containing a cellulose ester and a layer containing an adhesive polymer,
The layer containing the adhesive polymer is adjacent to at least one side of the layer containing the cellulose ester;
The adhesive polymer has at least one repeating unit of the following [a] and at least one repeating unit of the following [b].
Laminated body.
[A]: A repeating unit derived from a styrene compound, a terpene compound, a C5 fraction compound or a C9 fraction compound, and having a solubility parameter δt calculated by the Hoy method of 13.5 to 19.5 [B]: A repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound, a (meth) acrylic compound, a (meth) acrylamide compound, a vinyl acetate compound, a vinyl ketone compound, a maleic anhydride compound or a styrene compound, or an ethylenic group other than these repeating units A repeating unit derived from a compound having a saturated bond, and having a solubility parameter δt calculated by the Hoy method of 20.0 to 26.0
<2>密着性ポリマーが、〔a〕の繰り返し単位として下記一般式1で表される繰り返し単位を有する<1>に記載の積層体。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 一般式1中、R、R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
 R11、R12、R13、R14及びR15は、各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
<2> The laminate according to <1>, wherein the adhesive polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 1 as a repeating unit of [a].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
In general formula 1, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. To express.
<3>密着性ポリマーが、〔b〕の繰り返し単位として下記一般式2で表される繰り返し単位を有する<1>又は<2>に記載の積層体。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 一般式2中、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
 Lは、単結合、又は、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-C(=O)-、-O-及び-N(R)-から選ばれる2価の連結基若しくはこれらの連結基の2種以上を組合せてなる2価の連結基を示す。Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
<3> The laminate according to <1> or <2>, wherein the adhesive polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 2 as the repeating unit of [b].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
In General Formula 2, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
L is a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent linking group selected from —C (═O) —, —O— and —N (R 7 ) —, or two or more of these linking groups. The bivalent coupling group which combines these is shown. R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
<4>密着性ポリマーを構成する繰り返し単位の総モル量中に占める〔b〕の繰り返し単位のモル量が5モル%以上95モル%以下である<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体。 <4> Any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the molar amount of the repeating unit [b] in the total molar amount of the repeating units constituting the adhesive polymer is 5 mol% or more and 95 mol% or less. The laminated body as described in.
<5>密着性ポリマーが、〔a〕の繰り返し単位として下記一般式1-1で表される繰り返し単位を有する<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 一般式1-1中、Rは水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
 R21、R22、R23、R24及びR25は、各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
<5> The laminate according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the adhesive polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 1-1 as the repeating unit of [a].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
In general formula 1-1, R 8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. To express.
<6>密着性ポリマーが、〔b〕の繰り返し単位として下記一般式2-1で表される繰り返し単位を有する<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 一般式2-1中、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 Lは、単結合、又は、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-C(=O)-、-O-及び-N(R10)-から選ばれる2価の連結基若しくはこれらの連結基の2種以上を組合せてなる2価の連結基を示す。R10は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
<6> The laminate according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the adhesive polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 2-1 as a repeating unit of [b].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In general formula 2-1, R 9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
L is a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent linking group selected from —C (═O) —, —O— and —N (R 10 ) —, or two or more of these linking groups. The bivalent coupling group which combines these is shown. R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
<7>セルロースエステルが、セルロースアシレートである<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体。
<8>上記<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体と、偏光子とを有する偏光板。
<9>上記<8>に記載の偏光板を有する画像表示装置。
<7> The laminate according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the cellulose ester is cellulose acylate.
<8> A polarizing plate comprising the laminate according to any one of <1> to <7> above and a polarizer.
<9> An image display device having the polarizing plate according to <8>.
 本発明の積層体は、含水率が小さく、しかも、層間密着性に優れ、高温高湿条件下における層間剥離を防止できる。本発明の積層体は、偏光子と重ね合わされることにより、高温高湿条件下での偏光子の劣化を効果的に抑えることができる。
 また、本発明の偏光板及び画像表示装置は、上記の優れた効果を奏する積層体を利用して、高温高湿条件下においても、偏光子の劣化を効果的に防止でき、高い耐久性を示す。
 本明細書において、高温高湿条件下における偏光子の劣化を抑制する程度を「偏光子耐久性」又は「偏光板耐久性」ともいう。
 本発明の上記及び他の特徴及び利点は、適宜添付の図面を参照して、下記の記載からより明らかになるであろう。
The laminate of the present invention has a low moisture content, is excellent in interlayer adhesion, and can prevent delamination under high temperature and high humidity conditions. The laminate of the present invention can effectively suppress deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature and high humidity conditions by being superimposed on the polarizer.
Moreover, the polarizing plate and the image display device of the present invention can effectively prevent deterioration of the polarizer even under high temperature and high humidity conditions by using the laminate exhibiting the above excellent effects, and have high durability. Show.
In the present specification, the degree of suppressing the deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature and high humidity conditions is also referred to as “polarizer durability” or “polarizing plate durability”.
The above and other features and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the following description, with reference where appropriate to the accompanying drawings.
図1は、本発明の積層体の一実施形態を示す断面図である。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the laminate of the present invention. 図2は、本発明の偏光板保護フィルムを組み込んだ偏光板を備えた液晶表示装置の一実施形態について、その概略を示す模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an outline of an embodiment of a liquid crystal display device including a polarizing plate incorporating the polarizing plate protective film of the present invention.
 本明細書において「~」で表される数値範囲は、その前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味である。 In the present specification, the numerical range represented by “to” means that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
 本明細書において、特定の符号で表示された置換基や連結基等(以下、置換基等という)が複数あるとき、あるいは複数の置換基等を同時若しくは択一的に規定するときには、それぞれの置換基等は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよいことを意味する。このことは、置換基等の数の規定についても同様である。また、複数の置換基等が近接(特に隣接)するときにはそれらが互いに連結したり縮環したりして環を形成していてもよい意味である。 In the present specification, when there are a plurality of substituents, linking groups, etc. (hereinafter referred to as substituents, etc.) indicated by specific symbols, or when a plurality of substituents etc. are specified simultaneously or alternatively, It means that a substituent etc. may mutually be same or different. The same applies to the definition of the number of substituents and the like. Further, when a plurality of substituents and the like are close (especially adjacent), they may be connected to each other or condensed to form a ring.
 本明細書において化合物の表示については、化合物そのものの他、その塩、そのイオンを含む意味に用いる。また、目的の効果を奏する範囲で、構造の一部を変化させたものを含む意味である。なお、化合物の塩としては、例えば、化合物と無機酸若しくは有機酸とで形成された、化合物の酸付加塩、又は、化合物と無機塩基若しくは有機塩基とで形成された、化合物の塩基付加塩等が挙げられる。また、化合物のイオンとしては、例えば、上述の化合物の塩が乖離してなる、化合物の骨格を含むイオンが挙げられる。
 本明細書において置換、無置換を明記していない置換基(連結基についても同様)については、所望の効果を奏する範囲で、その基に任意の置換基を有していてもよい意味である。これは置換、無置換を明記していない化合物又は繰り返し単位についても同義である。
 また本明細書において、単に「置換基」という場合、特段の断りがない限り、下記置換基群Tから選択される基が挙げられる。また、特定の範囲を有する置換基が記載されているだけの場合(例えば「アルキル基」と記載されているだけの場合)は、下記置換基群Tの対応する基(上記の場合はアルキル基)における好ましい範囲、具体例が適用される。
 本明細書において、ある基の炭素数を規定する場合、この炭素数は、基全体の炭素数を意味する。つまり、この基が更に置換基を有する形態である場合、この置換基を含めた全体の炭素数を意味する。
 本明細書において、ある基が非環状骨格及び環状骨格を採り得る場合、特段の断りがない限り、ある基は、非環状骨格の基と環状骨格の基を含む。例えば、アルキル基は、直鎖アルキル基、分岐アルキル基及び環状(シクロ)アルキル基を含む。ある基が環状骨格を採る場合、環状骨格の基における炭素原子数の下限は、ある基において具体的に記載した炭素原子数の下限にかかわらず、3以上であり、5以上が好ましい。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル酸」との用語は、メタクリル酸及びアクリル酸の両方を包含する意味に用いる。このことは「(メタ)アクリルアミド」についても同様である。また、本明細書において、「アクリル酸」との用語は通常よりも広義の意味で用いている。すなわち、「アクリル酸」は、R-C(=CR )COOHの構造を有する化合物すべてを包含する意味に用いる(R及びRは各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を示す。ただし、Rがメチルである場合、メタクリル酸を意味する)。このことは、「アクリルアミド」についても同様である。
In this specification, about the display of a compound, it uses in the meaning containing its salt and its ion other than a compound itself. In addition, it means that a part of the structure is changed as long as the desired effect is achieved. Examples of the salt of the compound include an acid addition salt of the compound formed with the compound and an inorganic acid or an organic acid, or a base addition salt of the compound formed with the compound and an inorganic base or an organic base. Is mentioned. In addition, examples of the ion of the compound include an ion including a skeleton of the compound formed by dissociating the salt of the above-described compound.
In the present specification, a substituent that does not specify substitution or non-substitution (the same applies to a linking group) means that the group may have an arbitrary substituent as long as a desired effect is achieved. . This is synonymous with a compound or repeating unit in which substitution or non-substitution is not specified.
Further, in the present specification, when simply referred to as “substituent”, a group selected from the following substituent group T may be mentioned unless otherwise specified. In addition, when only a substituent having a specific range is described (for example, when only described as “alkyl group”), a corresponding group of the following substituent group T (in the above case, an alkyl group) The preferred range in FIG.
In the present specification, when the number of carbon atoms of a certain group is defined, this number of carbons means the total number of carbon atoms in the group. That is, when this group has a further substituent, it means the total number of carbon atoms including this substituent.
In this specification, when a certain group can adopt a non-cyclic skeleton and a cyclic skeleton, unless otherwise specified, the certain group includes a non-cyclic skeleton group and a cyclic skeleton group. For example, the alkyl group includes a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic (cyclo) alkyl group. When a certain group takes a cyclic skeleton, the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms in the group of the cyclic skeleton is 3 or more, preferably 5 or more, regardless of the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms specifically described in the certain group.
In this specification, the term “(meth) acrylic acid” is used to include both methacrylic acid and acrylic acid. The same applies to “(meth) acrylamide”. In this specification, the term “acrylic acid” is used in a broader sense than usual. That is, “acrylic acid” is used to include all compounds having the structure of R A —C (═CR B 2 ) COOH (R A and R B each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, provided that , When R A is methyl, means methacrylic acid). The same applies to “acrylamide”.
置換基群T:
 アルキル基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20、より好ましくは1~12、特に好ましくは1~8のものであり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、n-デシル基、n-ヘキサデシル、シクロプロピル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル基などが挙げられる。)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20、より好ましくは2~12、特に好ましくは2~8であり、例えばビニル基、アリル基、2-ブテニル基、3-ペンテニル基などが挙げられる。)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20、より好ましくは2~12、特に好ましくは2~8であり、例えばプロパルギル基、3-ペンチニル基などが挙げられる。)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素原子数6~30、より好ましくは6~20、特に好ましくは6~12であり、例えばフェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基などが挙げられる。)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素原子数0~20、より好ましくは0~10、特に好ましくは0~6であり、例えばアミノ基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジベンジルアミノ基などが挙げられる。)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20、より好ましくは1~12、特に好ましくは1~8であり、例えばメトキシ基、エトキシ基、ブトキシ基などが挙げられる。)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素原子数6~20、より好ましくは6~16、特に好ましくは6~12であり、例えばフェニルオキシ基、2-ナフチルオキシ基などが挙げられる。)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20、より好ましくは1~16、特に好ましくは1~12であり、例えばアセチル基、ベンゾイル基、ホルミル基、ピバロイル基などが挙げられる。)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20、より好ましくは2~16、特に好ましくは2~12であり、例えばメトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基などが挙げられる。)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素原子数7~20、より好ましくは7~16、特に好ましくは7~10であり、例えばフェニルオキシカルボニル基などが挙げられる。)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20、より好ましくは2~16、特に好ましくは2~10であり、例えばアセトキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基などが挙げられる。)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20、より好ましくは2~16、特に好ましくは2~10であり、例えばアセチルアミノ基、ベンゾイルアミノ基などが挙げられる。)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素原子数2~20、より好ましくは2~16、特に好ましくは2~12であり、例えばメトキシカルボニルアミノ基などが挙げられる。)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素原子数7~20、より好ましくは7~16、特に好ましくは7~12であり、例えばフェニルオキシカルボニルアミノ基などが挙げられる。)、スルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20、より好ましくは1~16、特に好ましくは1~12であり、例えばメタンスルホニルアミノ基、ベンゼンスルホニルアミノ基などが挙げられる。)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素原子数0~20、より好ましくは0~16、特に好ましくは0~12であり、例えばスルファモイル基、メチルスルファモイル基、ジメチルスルファモイル基、フェニルスルファモイル基などが挙げられる。)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20、より好ましくは1~16、特に好ましくは1~12であり、例えばカルバモイル基、メチルカルバモイル基、ジエチルカルバモイル基、フェニルカルバモイル基などが挙げられる。)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20、より好ましくは1~16、特に好ましくは1~12であり、例えばメチルチオ基、エチルチオ基などが挙げられる。)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素原子数6~20、より好ましくは6~16、特に好ましくは6~12であり、例えばフェニルチオ基などが挙げられる。)、スルホニル基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20、より好ましくは1~16、特に好ましくは1~12であり、例えばメシル基、トシル基などが挙げられる。)、スルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20、より好ましくは1~16、特に好ましくは1~12であり、例えばメタンスルフィニル基、ベンゼンスルフィニル基などが挙げられる。)、ウレタン基、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20、より好ましくは1~16、特に好ましくは1~12であり、例えばウレイド基、メチルウレイド基、フェニルウレイド基などが挙げられる。)、リン酸アミド基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~20、より好ましくは1~16、特に好ましくは1~12であり、例えばジエチルリン酸アミド、フェニルリン酸アミドなどが挙げられる。)、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、シアノ基、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキサム酸基、スルフィノ基、ヒドラジノ基、イミノ基、ヘテロ環基(好ましくは炭素原子数1~30、より好ましくは1~12であり、環構成ヘテロ原子としては、例えば窒素原子、酸素原子又は硫黄原子が挙げられ、5員環若しくは6員環又はこれらの縮合環が好ましい。ヘテロ環は芳香族ヘテロ環基及び脂肪族ヘテロ環基が包含される。具体的には、例えば、イミダゾリル基、ピリジル基、キノリル基、フリル基、ピペリジル基、モルホリノ基、ベンゾオキサゾリル基、ベンズイミダゾリル基、ベンズチアゾリル基などが挙げられる。)、及び、シリル基(好ましくは、炭素原子数3~40、より好ましくは3~30、特に好ましくは3~24であり、例えば、トリメチルシリル基、トリフェニルシリル基などが挙げられる)。
 これらの置換基は更に置換基を有してもよい。また、置換基が2つ以上ある場合は、同じでも異なってもよい。また、隣接する置換基は互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
Substituent group T:
An alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-octyl group, n-decyl group, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl group, etc.), alkenyl group (preferably having 2-20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-12, particularly preferably 2-8). For example, vinyl group, allyl group, 2-butenyl group, 3-pentenyl group, etc.), alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 12, particularly preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms). For example, propargyl group, 3-pentynyl group, etc.), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20, particularly preferably 6 to 12, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, and a naphthyl group.), An amino group (preferably having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 10, and particularly preferably Is 0 to 6, for example, an amino group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a dibenzylamino group, etc.), an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, particularly preferably 1 to 8, for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, butoxy group, etc.), aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 16 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12, for example, phenyloxy group, 2-naphthyloxy group, etc.), acyl group (preferably having 1 to 0, more preferably 1 to 16, particularly preferably 1 to 12, and examples include acetyl, benzoyl, formyl, and pivaloyl groups), alkoxycarbonyl groups (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, More preferably, it is 2 to 16, particularly preferably 2 to 12, and examples thereof include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, etc.), an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 7 carbon atoms). 16, particularly preferably 7 to 10, for example, a phenyloxycarbonyl group, etc.), an acyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 16, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms). For example, an acetoxy group, a benzoyloxy group, etc.), an acylamino group (preferably The number of carbon atoms is 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 16, particularly preferably 2 to 10, and examples thereof include an acetylamino group and a benzoylamino group. ), An alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 and particularly preferably 2 to 12, such as methoxycarbonylamino group), aryloxycarbonylamino group ( The number of carbon atoms is preferably 7 to 20, more preferably 7 to 16, particularly preferably 7 to 12, and examples thereof include a phenyloxycarbonylamino group, and the like, and a sulfonylamino group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). More preferably 1 to 16, particularly preferably 1 to 12, such as methanesulfonylamino group, benzenesulfonylamino group, etc.), sulfamoyl group (preferably having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 0). To 16, particularly preferably 0 to 12, such as sulfamoyl group, methyl A sulfamoyl group, a dimethylsulfamoyl group, a phenylsulfamoyl group, etc.), a carbamoyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, A carbamoyl group, a methylcarbamoyl group, a diethylcarbamoyl group, a phenylcarbamoyl group, etc.), an alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, Methylthio group, ethylthio group, etc.), arylthio group (preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-16, particularly preferably 6-12, such as phenylthio group). A sulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, Are preferably 1 to 12, for example, mesyl group, tosyl group, etc.), sulfinyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 and particularly preferably 1 to 12; For example, methanesulfinyl group, benzenesulfinyl group, etc.), urethane group, ureido group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16, particularly preferably 1 to 12, such as ureido group, Methylureido group, phenylureido group, etc.), phosphoric acid amide group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16, particularly preferably 1 to 12, such as diethylphosphoric acid amide, Phenyl phosphoric acid amide, etc.), hydroxy group, mercapto group, halogen atom (eg fluorine atom, chlorine atom) Element, bromine atom, iodine atom), cyano group, sulfo group, carboxyl group, nitro group, hydroxamic acid group, sulfino group, hydrazino group, imino group, heterocyclic group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably Examples of the ring-forming hetero atom include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, and a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring, or a condensed ring thereof is preferable. The heterocyclic group includes an aromatic heterocyclic group and an aliphatic heterocyclic group. Specific examples include imidazolyl group, pyridyl group, quinolyl group, furyl group, piperidyl group, morpholino group, benzoxazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, benzthiazolyl group, and the like. ) And a silyl group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms such as a trimethylsilyl group and a triphenylsilyl group).
These substituents may further have a substituent. Moreover, when there are two or more substituents, they may be the same or different. Further, adjacent substituents may be connected to each other to form a ring.
 本発明の好ましい実施形態について以下に説明する。 A preferred embodiment of the present invention will be described below.
[積層体]
 図1に示されるように、本発明の好ましい一例としての積層体10は、セルロースエステルを含有する層(セルロースエステル層ともいう)11と、セルロースエステル層11の少なくとも一方の表面に隣接して積層された、密着性ポリマーを含有する層(密着性ポリマー層ともいう)12とを有する。
 本発明において、隣接して積層とは、セルロースエステル層と密着性ポリマー層との間に両層を密着又は接着させる密着性層(接着剤層)等を介することなく、両層が直接積層される(重ね合わされる)ことを意味する。
[Laminate]
As shown in FIG. 1, a laminated body 10 as a preferred example of the present invention is laminated adjacent to at least one surface of a layer (also referred to as a cellulose ester layer) 11 containing a cellulose ester and a cellulose ester layer 11. And a layer (also referred to as an adhesive polymer layer) 12 containing an adhesive polymer.
In the present invention, “adjacent lamination” means that both layers are directly laminated without an adhesive layer (adhesive layer) or the like for adhering or adhering both layers between the cellulose ester layer and the adhesive polymer layer. (Superimposed).
 本発明の積層体は、上記積層構造を有していれば、その他の構成は特に限定されない。
 例えば、セルロースエステル層の両表面に隣接して密着性ポリマー層が積層された3層積層構造を有していてもよい。また、密着性ポリマー層として組成比が異なる2層以上の密着性ポリマー層をセルロースエステル層上に設けてもよい。更に、密着性ポリマー層の表面に特定の機能に特化した各種機能層を有していてもよい。このような機能層としては、例えば、ハードコート層、反射防止層、光散乱層、防汚層又は帯電防止層等が挙げられる。
If the laminated body of this invention has the said laminated structure, another structure will not be specifically limited.
For example, it may have a three-layer laminated structure in which an adhesive polymer layer is laminated adjacent to both surfaces of the cellulose ester layer. Further, two or more adhesive polymer layers having different composition ratios may be provided on the cellulose ester layer as the adhesive polymer layer. Furthermore, you may have the various functional layers specialized in the specific function on the surface of the adhesive polymer layer. Examples of such a functional layer include a hard coat layer, an antireflection layer, a light scattering layer, an antifouling layer, and an antistatic layer.
 上記構成を有する本発明の積層体は、含水率が小さく、しかも層間密着性に優れる。この積層体は、薄膜化されていても、偏光子と重ね合わされることにより、高温高湿条件下における偏光子の劣化を防止できる。 The laminate of the present invention having the above structure has a low moisture content and excellent interlayer adhesion. Even if this laminated body is made into a thin film, it is possible to prevent deterioration of the polarizer under high temperature and high humidity conditions by being superimposed on the polarizer.
<密着性ポリマーを含有する層>
 本発明の積層体を構成する密着性ポリマー層について説明する。
 本発明において、「密着性ポリマー層」とは、後述する密着性ポリマーを層中に50質量%以上含有する層を意味する。密着性ポリマー層中の密着性ポリマーの含有量は60質量%以上が好ましく、70質量%以上がより好ましく、80質量%以上が更に好ましく、85質量%以上が特に好ましい。密着性ポリマーの含有量が多いほど、セルロースエステル層との密着性をより高めることができ好ましい。そのため、密着性ポリマー層中の密着性ポリマーの含有量は100質量%でもよく、通常は99質量%以下である。上記密着性ポリマー層中の密着性ポリマーの含有量が100質量%でない場合、残部は、後述する各種の添加剤を含むことができる。
 密着性ポリマーは2種以上を併用してもよい。すなわち、組成比及び/又は分子量が異なる密着性ポリマー同士を併用してもよい。この場合、密着性ポリマーの合計量が上記範囲内となる。
 なお、本明細書において、「密着性ポリマー」との用語は、単にセルロースエステル層と密着しうるポリマーという意味合いで、本発明の理解を容易にするために用いているに過ぎない。かかる「密着性ポリマー」には、その密着性の度合いにかかわらず、本発明で規定する繰り返し単位を有するポリマーのすべてが包含される。すなわち本発明の要旨ないし技術的範囲の判断に際し、「密着性」との用語が、本発明を限定的に解釈する発明特定事項として考慮されるものではない。
<Layer containing adhesive polymer>
The adhesion polymer layer which comprises the laminated body of this invention is demonstrated.
In the present invention, the “adhesive polymer layer” means a layer containing an adhesive polymer described later in an amount of 50% by mass or more. The content of the adhesive polymer in the adhesive polymer layer is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 85% by mass or more. The higher the content of the adhesive polymer, the higher the adhesiveness with the cellulose ester layer, which is preferable. Therefore, the content of the adhesive polymer in the adhesive polymer layer may be 100% by mass, and is usually 99% by mass or less. When the content of the adhesive polymer in the adhesive polymer layer is not 100% by mass, the balance can contain various additives described later.
Two or more adhesive polymers may be used in combination. That is, adhesive polymers having different composition ratios and / or molecular weights may be used in combination. In this case, the total amount of the adhesive polymer is within the above range.
In the present specification, the term “adhesive polymer” simply means a polymer that can be in close contact with the cellulose ester layer, and is merely used to facilitate understanding of the present invention. The “adhesive polymer” includes all polymers having a repeating unit as defined in the present invention regardless of the degree of adhesion. That is, in judging the gist and technical scope of the present invention, the term “adhesiveness” is not considered as an invention specific matter for interpreting the present invention in a limited manner.
- 密着性ポリマー -
 密着性ポリマー層を構成する密着性ポリマーは、1分子中に下記〔a〕の繰り返し単位の少なくとも1種と、下記〔b〕の繰り返し単位の少なくとも1種とを有する。
〔a〕:スチレン化合物、テルペン化合物、C5系留分化合物又はC9系留分化合物由来の繰り返し単位であって、Hoy法により算出される溶解度パラメータδtが13.5~19.5である繰り返し単位
〔b〕:アクリル酸エステル化合物、(メタ)アクリル酸化合物、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物、酢酸ビニル化合物、ビニルケトン化合物、無水マレイン酸若しくはスチレン化合物由来の繰り返し単位又はこれらの繰り返し単位以外でエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物由来の繰り返し単位であって、Hoy法により算出される溶解度パラメータδtが20.0~26.0である繰り返し単位
 本発明において、C5系留分化合物及びC9系留分化合物は、それぞれ、ナフサ又はガスオイルを熱分解したときに得られる分解油留分のうち、C5留分に含まれる化合物、又は、C9留分に含まれる化合物をいう。
-Adhesive polymer-
The adhesive polymer constituting the adhesive polymer layer has at least one repeating unit of the following [a] and at least one repeating unit of the following [b] in one molecule.
[A]: A repeating unit derived from a styrene compound, a terpene compound, a C5 fraction compound or a C9 fraction compound, and having a solubility parameter δt calculated by the Hoy method of 13.5 to 19.5 [B]: Acrylic ester compound, (meth) acrylic acid compound, (meth) acrylamide compound, vinyl acetate compound, vinyl ketone compound, maleic anhydride or repeating unit derived from styrene compound, or ethylenically unsaturated other than these repeating units A repeating unit derived from a compound having a bond and having a solubility parameter δt calculated by the Hoy method of 20.0 to 26.0 In the present invention, the C5 fraction compound and the C9 fraction compound are: Resolved oil fractions obtained when pyrolyzing naphtha or gas oil, respectively Chi, compounds contained in C5 fraction, or refers to a compound included in the C9 fraction.
 上記溶解度パラメータδtは、文献“Properties of Polymers 3rd,ELSEVIER,(1990)”の第214~220頁、「2) Method of Hoy (1985,1989)」欄に記載のAmorphous Polymersについて求められるδtを意味し、上記文献の上記の欄の記載にしたがい算出される。本発明において溶解度パラメータδtの単位は「(cal/cm1/2」である。 The solubility parameter δt is literature "Properties of Polymers 3 rd, ELSEVIER , (1990)" The δt obtained for Amorphous Polymers according to the 214-220 pages, "2) Method of Hoy (1985,1989)" column of Meaning, calculated according to the description in the above column of the above document. Units of the solubility parameter δt in the present invention are "(cal / cm 3) 1/2."
 上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位としては、上記〔a〕を満たす限り特に限定されない。
 上記〔a〕を満たす繰り返し単位がスチレン化合物由来のものである場合、かかるスチレン化合物としては、スチレン系重合体を形成する繰り返し単位であれば特に限定されない。スチレン系重合体として、例えば、特開2004-123965号公報の[0011]~[0020]、特開2013-75969号公報の[0014]~[0016]又は特開平7-3094号公報の[0011]等を参照することができる。
 上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位を導くスチレン化合物の具体例としては、例えば、スチレン、2-メチルスチレン、3-メチルスチレン、4-メチルスチレン、2-クロロスチレン、3-クロロスチレン、4-クロロスチレン、4-クロロメチルスチレン、2,6-ジメチルスチレン、2,6-ジクロロスチレン、2,6-ジフルオロスチレン、ペンタフルオロスチレン、4-エチルスチレン、4-ブチルスチレン、4-tert-ブチルスチレン、4-メトキシスチレン、4-トリフルオロメチルスチレン、4-アセトキシスチレン、4-フェニルスチレン、1-ビニルナフタレン、2-ビニルナフタレン、ビニルアントラセン、α―メチルスチレン、β―メチルスチレン、2-メチル-1-フェニルプロペン、スチルベン、ジビニルベンゼン、ジイソプロペニルベンゼン、4-イソプロペニルトルエン、シンナモニトリル又は1,1-ジフェニルエチレンなどが挙げられる。
The repeating unit [a] is not particularly limited as long as the above [a] is satisfied.
When the repeating unit satisfying the above [a] is derived from a styrene compound, the styrene compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a repeating unit that forms a styrene polymer. Examples of the styrenic polymer include [0011] to [0020] in JP-A No. 2004-123965, [0014] to [0016] in JP-A No. 2013-75969, and [0011] in JP-A No. 7-3094. ] Etc. can be referred to.
Specific examples of the styrene compound from which the repeating unit [a] is derived include, for example, styrene, 2-methylstyrene, 3-methylstyrene, 4-methylstyrene, 2-chlorostyrene, 3-chlorostyrene, 4-chlorostyrene. 4-chloromethylstyrene, 2,6-dimethylstyrene, 2,6-dichlorostyrene, 2,6-difluorostyrene, pentafluorostyrene, 4-ethylstyrene, 4-butylstyrene, 4-tert-butylstyrene, 4 -Methoxystyrene, 4-trifluoromethylstyrene, 4-acetoxystyrene, 4-phenylstyrene, 1-vinylnaphthalene, 2-vinylnaphthalene, vinylanthracene, α-methylstyrene, β-methylstyrene, 2-methyl-1- Phenylpropene, stilbene, divinylbenzene, Examples thereof include diisopropenylbenzene, 4-isopropenyltoluene, cinnamonitrile, and 1,1-diphenylethylene.
 上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位がテルペン化合物由来のものとしては、テルペン系重合体を形成する繰り返し単位であれば特に限定されない。かかる繰り返し単位を導くテルペン化合物としては、例えば、特開平8-3485号公報の[0011]、特開2007-217603号公報の[0012]~[0014]、特開2008-248215号公報の[0008]又は特開2008-217004号公報の[0017]等を参照することができる。
 テルペン化合物の具体例としては、例えば、α-ピネン、β-ピネン、ジペンテン(リモネン)、カンフェン、δ3-カレン、α-テルピネン、γ-テルピネン、テルピノレン、p-サイメン、ミルセン又はアロオシメンなどが挙げられる。
The above-mentioned [a] repeating unit is not particularly limited as long as it is a terpene-based polymer-forming repeating unit. Examples of the terpene compound for deriving such a repeating unit include, for example, [0011] of JP-A-8-3485, [0012] to [0014] of JP-A-2007-217603, and [0008] of JP-A-2008-248215. ] Or [0017] of JP 2008-217044 A can be referred to.
Specific examples of the terpene compound include, for example, α-pinene, β-pinene, dipentene (limonene), camphene, δ3-carene, α-terpinene, γ-terpinene, terpinolene, p-cymene, myrcene or allocymene. .
 上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位がC5系留分化合物由来のものとしては、C5系留分系重合体を形成する繰り返し単位であれば特に限定されない。かかる繰り返し単位を導くC5系留分化合物として、例えば、特開2015-166405号公報の[0012]、特開2014-234448号公報の[0045]又は特開2011-98924号公報の[0017]~[0020]等を参照することができる。
 C5系留分化合物の具体例としては、例えば、シクロペンタジエン、イソプレン、ペンタン又はピペリレンなどが挙げられる。
The above-mentioned repeating unit [a] is not particularly limited as long as it is derived from a C5 fraction compound, as long as it is a repeating unit forming a C5 fraction polymer. Examples of the C5 fraction compound that leads to such a repeating unit include, for example, [0012] of JP-A No. 2015-166405, [0045] of JP-A No. 2014-234448 or [0017] of JP-A No. 2011-98924. [0020] and the like can be referred to.
Specific examples of the C5 fraction compound include cyclopentadiene, isoprene, pentane, piperylene and the like.
 上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位がC9系留分化合物由来のものとしては、C9系留分系重合体を形成する繰り返し単位であれば特に限定されない。かかる繰り返し単位を導くC9系留分化合物として、例えば、特開2015-166405の[0013]又は特開2014-234448号公報の[0045]等を参照することができる。
 C9系留分化合物の具体例としては、例えば、インデン又はジシクロペンタジエンなどが挙げられる。
The above-mentioned [a] repeating unit is not particularly limited as long as it is a repeating unit that forms a C9-based fraction-based polymer. Examples of the C9 fraction compound that leads to such a repeating unit include [0013] of JP-A-2015-166405, [0045] of JP-A-2014-234448, and the like.
Specific examples of the C9 fraction compound include indene and dicyclopentadiene.
 上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位として、スチレン化合物由来の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
 上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位として、下記一般式1で表される繰り返し単位を有することがより好ましい。
The adhesive polymer preferably has a repeating unit derived from a styrene compound as the repeating unit of [a].
The adhesive polymer more preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 1 as the repeating unit [a].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 一般式1中、R、R及びRは、それぞれ、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表示す。R、R及びRは、それぞれ、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又はアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基がより好ましく、水素原子が更に好ましい。
 R、R又はRとして採り得るハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。
 R、R又はRとして採り得るアルキル基は、直鎖でも分岐でも環状でもよい。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。アルキル基はより好ましくはメチル又はエチルであり、更に好ましくはメチルである。
 R、R又はRとして採り得るアリール基は、その炭素数が6~20が好ましく、6~15が更に好ましく、6~12が特に好ましく、とりわけフェニルが好ましい。
In general formula 1, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and still more preferably a hydrogen atom.
Examples of the halogen atom that can be employed as R 1 , R 2, or R 3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
The alkyl group that can be used as R 1 , R 2, or R 3 may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group is more preferably methyl or ethyl, and still more preferably methyl.
The aryl group that can be adopted as R 1 , R 2, or R 3 preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably phenyl.
 R11、R12、R13、R14及びR15は、それぞれ、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。R11、R12、R13、R14及びR15は、それぞれ、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、水酸基、アシルオキシ基又はアルコキシ基が好ましく、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又はアルキル基がより好ましく、水素原子が更に好ましい。 R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are each preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an acyloxy group or an alkoxy group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group. Preferably, a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
 R11、R12、R13、R14又R15として採り得るハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子又は塩素原子が好ましい。
 R11、R12、R13、R14又R15として採り得るアルキル基は、直鎖でも分岐でも環状でもよい。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、より好ましくはメチル、エチル又はブチルであり、更に好ましくはメチルである。
 R11、R12、R13、R14又R15として採り得るアルケニル基は、直鎖でも分岐でも環状でもよい。このアルケニル基の炭素数は、2~10が好ましく、2~5がより好ましく、2又は3が更に好ましい。アルケニル基は、より好ましくはエテニル又はプロペニルであり、更に好ましくはエテニルである。
Examples of the halogen atom that can be adopted as R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 or R 15 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferable.
The alkyl group which can be taken as R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 or R 15 may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group is more preferably methyl, ethyl or butyl, and still more preferably methyl.
The alkenyl group which can be adopted as R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 or R 15 may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 or 3. The alkenyl group is more preferably ethenyl or propenyl, and even more preferably ethenyl.
 R11、R12、R13、R14又R15として採り得るアリール基は、その炭素数が6~20が好ましく、6~15が更に好ましく、6~12が特に好ましく、とりわけフェニルが好ましい。 The aryl group that can be adopted as R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 or R 15 has preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably phenyl.
 R11、R12、R13、R14又R15として採り得るアルコキシ基は、直鎖でも分岐でも環状でもよい。このアルコキシ基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。アルコキシ基は、より好ましくはメトキシ又はエトキシである。
 R11、R12、R13、R14又R15として採り得るアシル基、アシルオキシ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基は、それぞれ、上記置換基群Tにおける対応する各基と同義であり、好ましいものも同じである。
The alkoxy group which can be taken as R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 or R 15 may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkoxy group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group is more preferably methoxy or ethoxy.
The acyl group, acyloxy group or alkoxycarbonyl group which can be taken as R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 or R 15 is the same as the corresponding group in the substituent group T, and the preferred ones are also the same. is there.
 R11、R12、R13、R14及びR15のうち隣接する2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。例えば、隣接する2つのエテニル基が互いに結合して、これらが結合する炭素原子を含むベンゼン環(全体としてナフタレン環)を形成してもよい。
 R11、R12、R13、R14及びR15は、それぞれ、上述の置換基群Tから選択される置換基を更に有していてもよい。例えば、置換基を有するアルキル基が挙げられ、具体的にはトリフルオロメチル基が挙げられる。
Two adjacent groups out of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. For example, two adjacent ethenyl groups may be bonded to each other to form a benzene ring (a naphthalene ring as a whole) including the carbon atom to which they are bonded.
R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 may each further have a substituent selected from the substituent group T described above. For example, the alkyl group which has a substituent is mentioned, Specifically, a trifluoromethyl group is mentioned.
 上記密着性ポリマーは上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位として、下記一般式1-1で表される繰り返し単位を有することが更に好ましい。 The adhesive polymer further preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 1-1 as the repeating unit of the above [a].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 一般式1-1中、Rは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子がより好ましい。
 Rとして採り得るアルキル基及びアリール基は、それぞれ、Rとして採り得るアルキル基及びアリール基と同義であり、好ましいものも同じである。
 R21、R22、R23、R24及びR25は、それぞれ、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
 R21、R22、R23、R24及びR25は、それぞれ、上記一般式1のR11、R12、R13、R14又R15と同義であり、好ましいものも同じである。
In General Formula 1-1, R 8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. R 8 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
The alkyl group and aryl group that can be taken as R 8 have the same meanings as the alkyl group and aryl group that can be taken as R 1 , respectively, and the preferred ones are also the same.
R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 are respectively synonymous with R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 in the general formula 1, and preferred ones are also the same.
 上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位の好ましい例を以下に構造式として示すが、本発明はこれらの具体例に限定されるものではない。
 下記具体例において、A-1~A-19及びA-37はスチレン化合物由来の繰り返し単位であり、A-20~A-23はC5系留分化合物由来の繰り返し単位であり、A-24~A-28はテルペン化合物由来の繰り返し単位であり、A-29~A-36はC9系留分化合物由来の繰り返し単位である。
Preferred examples of the repeating unit [a] are shown below as structural formulas, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.
In the following specific examples, A-1 to A-19 and A-37 are repeating units derived from a styrene compound, A-20 to A-23 are repeating units derived from a C5 fraction compound, and A-24 to A-28 is a repeating unit derived from a terpene compound, and A-29 to A-36 are repeating units derived from a C9 fraction compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位としては、上記〔b〕を満たす限り特に限定されない。
 上記〔b〕を満たす繰り返し単位が(メタ)アクリル酸エステル化合物由来のものとしては、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル重合体を形成する繰り返し単位であれば特に限定されない。かかる繰り返し単位の構造として、例えば、特開2004-323770号公報の段落[0021]~[0023]又は特開2014-185196号公報の[0024]~[0059]等を参照することができる。
 上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位を導く上記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル化合物の具体例としては、例えば、アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、アクリル酸2-アセトアセトキシエチル、アクリル酸2-イソシアナトエチル、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、メタクリル酸2-ジメチルアミノエチル、メタクリル酸2-ジエチルアミノエチル、メタクリル酸2-イソシアナトエチルが挙げられる。
The repeating unit [b] is not particularly limited as long as the above [b] is satisfied.
The repeating unit satisfying the above [b] is not particularly limited as long as it is a (meth) acrylic acid ester compound-derived repeating unit that forms a (meth) acrylic acid ester polymer. As the structure of such a repeating unit, for example, paragraphs [0021] to [0023] in JP-A No. 2004-323770 or [0024] to [0059] in JP-A No. 2014-185196 can be referred to.
Specific examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester compound for deriving the repeating unit [b] include, for example, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-acetoacetoxyethyl acrylate, 2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate, and methacrylic acid. Examples thereof include 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, 2-diethylaminoethyl methacrylate, and 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate.
 上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位が(メタ)アクリル酸化合物由来のものとしては、(メタ)アクリル酸重合体を形成する繰り返し単位であれば特に限定されない。かかる繰り返し単位の構造として、例えば、特開2002-212221号公報の段落[0020]~[0027]等を参照することができる。
 上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位を導く(メタ)アクリル酸化合物の具体例としては、例えば、アクリル酸及びその金属塩、メタクリル酸及びその金属塩を挙げることができる。
The repeating unit [b] is not particularly limited as long as it is a (meth) acrylic acid compound-derived repeating unit that forms a (meth) acrylic acid polymer. As the structure of such a repeating unit, for example, paragraphs [0020] to [0027] of JP-A No. 2002-212221 can be referred to.
Specific examples of the (meth) acrylic acid compound from which the repeating unit [b] is derived include acrylic acid and its metal salt, and methacrylic acid and its metal salt.
 上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位が(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物由来のものとしては、(メタ)アクリル酸重合体を形成する繰り返し単位であれば特に限定されない。かかる繰り返し単位を導く化合物の好ましい構造は、後に例示する構造式中に示される通りである。 The repeating unit [b] is not particularly limited as long as it is a (meth) acrylamide compound-derived repeating unit that forms a (meth) acrylic acid polymer. The preferred structure of the compound leading to such a repeating unit is as shown in the structural formulas exemplified later.
 上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位が酢酸ビニル化合物由来のものとしては、酢酸ビニル重合体を形成する繰り返し単位であれば特に限定されない。かかる繰り返し単位の構造として、例えば、特開2002-338609号公報の段落[0007]~[0008]等を参照することができる。
 上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位を導く酢酸ビニル化合物の具体例としては、例えば、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル、ピバリン酸ビニル、イソプロペニルアセテート等を挙げることができる。このように、本発明において「酢酸ビニル化合物」は、酢酸ビニルが有する水素原子が置換された形態の化合物を包含する意味に用いる。
The repeating unit of [b] is not particularly limited as long as it is a vinyl acetate compound-derived repeating unit that forms a vinyl acetate polymer. As the structure of such a repeating unit, for example, paragraphs [0007] to [0008] of JP-A-2002-338609 can be referred to.
Specific examples of the vinyl acetate compound from which the repeating unit [b] is derived include vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl pivalate, isopropenyl acetate and the like. Thus, in the present invention, “vinyl acetate compound” is used to include a compound in which a hydrogen atom of vinyl acetate is substituted.
 上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位がビニルケトン化合物由来のものとしては、ビニルケトン重合体を形成する繰り返し単位であれば特に限定されない。かかる繰り返し単位の構造として、例えば、特開2007-230940号公報の段落[0010]~[0017]又は特開平7-291886号公報の段落[0009]~[0011]等を参照することができる。
 上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位を導くビニルケトン化合物の具体例としては、例えば、メチルビニルケトン、エチルビニルケトン、イソプロペニルメチルケトン等を挙げることができる。
The repeating unit [b] is not particularly limited as long as it is a vinyl ketone compound-derived repeating unit that forms a vinyl ketone polymer. As the structure of such a repeating unit, for example, paragraphs [0010] to [0017] of JP-A-2007-230940 or paragraphs [0009] to [0011] of JP-A-7-291886 can be referred to.
Specific examples of the vinyl ketone compound for deriving the repeating unit [b] include methyl vinyl ketone, ethyl vinyl ketone, isopropenyl methyl ketone and the like.
 上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位が無水マレイン酸化合物由来のものとしては、無水マレイン酸重合体を形成する繰り返し単位であれば特に限定されない。かかる繰り返し単位の構造として、例えば、特開2006-111710号公報の段落[0027]~[0029]、特開2008-156400号公報の段落[0013]~[0015]等を参照することができる。
 上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位を導く無水マレイン酸化合物の具体例としては、例えば、無水マレイン酸、N-メチルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミド又はマレイン酸等を挙げることができる。このように、本発明において「無水マレイン酸化合物」は、無水マレイン酸から導かれる化合物を包含する意味に用いる。
The above-mentioned repeating unit [b] derived from a maleic anhydride compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a repeating unit forming a maleic anhydride polymer. As the structure of such a repeating unit, for example, paragraphs [0027] to [0029] of JP-A-2006-1111710, paragraphs [0013] to [0015] of JP-A-2008-156400, and the like can be referred to.
Specific examples of the maleic anhydride compound from which the repeating unit [b] is derived include maleic anhydride, N-methylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide and maleic acid. Thus, in the present invention, “maleic anhydride compound” is used to include a compound derived from maleic anhydride.
 上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位がスチレン化合物由来のものである場合の好ましい構造は、後に例示する構造式中に示される通りである。 A preferable structure when the repeating unit [b] is derived from a styrene compound is as shown in the structural formula exemplified later.
 また、上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位は、上述した各化合物由来の繰り返し単位以外であって、エチレン性不飽和結合(炭素-炭素二重結合)を有する化合物由来の繰り返し単位であってもよい。 The repeating unit [b] may be a repeating unit derived from a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (carbon-carbon double bond) other than the repeating unit derived from each compound described above.
 上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位として、下記一般式2で表される繰り返し単位を有することがより好ましい。 It is more preferable that the adhesive polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 2 as the repeating unit [b].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式2中、Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。Rとして採り得るアルキル基は、上記一般式1におけるRと同義であり、好ましいものも同じである。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。R及びRは、それぞれ、水素原子が好ましい。
 R及びRとして採り得るアルキル基及びアリール基は、それぞれ、上記一般式1におけるRとして採り得るアルキル基及びアリール基と同義であり、好ましいものも同じである。
 R及びRとして採り得るアルコキシカルボニル基は、上記置換基群Tにおけるアルコキシカルボニル基と同義であり、好ましいものも同じである。
In General Formula 2, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group which can be taken as R 4 has the same meaning as R 1 in the general formula 1, and the preferred one is also the same.
R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R 5 and R 6 are each preferably a hydrogen atom.
The alkyl group and aryl group which can be taken as R 5 and R 6 are respectively synonymous with the alkyl group and aryl group which can be taken as R 2 in the general formula 1, and the preferred ones are also the same.
The alkoxycarbonyl group which can be taken as R 5 and R 6 has the same meaning as the alkoxycarbonyl group in the substituent group T, and preferred ones are also the same.
 Lは、単結合であるか、又は、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-C(=O)-、-O-及び-N(R)-から選ばれる2価の連結基若しくはこれらの連結基の2種以上を組合せてなる2価の連結基を示す。Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、上記Rと同義であり、好ましいものも同じである。
 Lとして採り得るアルキレン基は、直鎖であることが好ましい。また、このアルキレン基の炭素数は1~5が好ましく、1~4がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましく、2が特に好ましい。
 Lとして採り得るアリーレン基は、その炭素数が6~20が好ましく、6~15が更に好ましく、6~12が特に好ましく、とりわけフェニレンが好ましい。
 Lとして採り得るアルキレン基及びアリーレン基は、それぞれ、置換基を有していてもよい、この置換基としては上述の置換基群Tの各基が挙げられる。
L is a single bond, a divalent linking group selected from an alkylene group, an arylene group, —C (═O) —, —O— and —N (R 7 ) —, or a linking group thereof. A divalent linking group formed by combining two or more types is shown. R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and has the same meaning as R 1 described above, and preferred ones are also the same.
The alkylene group that can be taken as L is preferably linear. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 2.
The arylene group that can be taken as L preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably phenylene.
The alkylene group and the arylene group that can be taken as L may each have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups in the substituent group T described above.
 連結基の2種以上を組合せてなる2価の連結基において、組み合わされる上記連結基の数は、特に限定されないが、例えば、2~9個が好ましく、2個又は3個がより好ましい。また、連結基の組み合わせも、特に限定されず、例えば、-C(=O)-及び-O-の組み合わせ、又は、-C(=O)-及び-O-を含む組み合わせが好ましい。-C(=O)-及び-O-を含む組み合わせとしては、-C(=O)-、-O-及びアルキレン基の組み合わせ、又は、-C(=O)-、-O-及びアリーレン基の組み合わせが挙げられ、-C(=O)-、-O-及びアルキレン基の組み合わせが好ましい。なかでも、Lが-C(=O)-を含む連結基であり、-C(=O)-が主鎖(Rが結合する炭素原子)に結合することが好ましい。 In the divalent linking group formed by combining two or more linking groups, the number of the linking groups to be combined is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 9, for example, and more preferably 2 or 3. The combination of the linking groups is not particularly limited, and for example, a combination of —C (═O) — and —O— or a combination including —C (═O) — and —O— is preferable. The combination including —C (═O) — and —O— includes a combination of —C (═O) —, —O— and an alkylene group, or —C (═O) —, —O— and an arylene group. The combination of —C (═O) —, —O— and an alkylene group is preferable. Among these, it is preferable that L is a linking group containing —C (═O) —, and —C (═O) — is bonded to the main chain (carbon atom to which R 4 is bonded).
 上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位として、下記一般式2-1で表される繰り返し単位を有することが更に好ましい。 The adhesive polymer further preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 2-1 as the repeating unit [b].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 一般式2-1中、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。Rは、上記一般式2のRと同義であり、好ましいものも同じである。
 Lは、単結合であるか、又は、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-C(=O)-、-O-及び-N(R10)-から選ばれる2価の連結基若しくはこれらの連結基の2種以上を組合せてなる2価の連結基を示す。R10は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、上記Rと同義であり、好ましいものも同じである。
 一般式2-1のLは、上記一般式2のLと同義であり、好ましいものも同じである。
 一般式2及び一般式2-1で表される繰り返し単位は、それぞれ、各繰り返し単位におけるアセトアセトキシ基が置換基で置換されていてもよい。
In general formula 2-1, R 9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R 9 has the same meaning as R 4 in formula 2 above, and preferred ones are also the same.
L is a single bond, a divalent linking group selected from an alkylene group, an arylene group, —C (═O) —, —O— and —N (R 10 ) —, or a linking group thereof. A divalent linking group formed by combining two or more types is shown. R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and has the same meaning as R 7 described above, and preferred ones are also the same.
L in the general formula 2-1 has the same meaning as L in the general formula 2, and preferred ones are also the same.
In the repeating units represented by General Formula 2 and General Formula 2-1, the acetoacetoxy group in each repeating unit may be substituted with a substituent.
 上記密着性ポリマーは、上記繰り返し単位〔b〕として、アクリル酸エステル化合物由来の繰り返し単位(一般式2及び2-1で表される化合物において、Lが-C(=O)-及び-O-を含む組み合わせ)を有することが好ましい。 The adhesive polymer has, as the repeating unit [b], a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound (in the compounds represented by the general formulas 2 and 2-1, L is —C (═O) — and —O— It is preferable to have a combination.
 上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位の好ましい例を以下に構造式として示すが、本発明はこれらの例に限定されるものではない。
 下記具体例において、B-1~B-4、B-12、B-13、B-17~B-30、B-42~B47及びB-50は(メタ)アクリル酸エステル化合物由来の繰り返し単位であり、B-5、B-14~B-16は(メタ)アクリル酸化合物由来の繰り返し単位であり、B-6~B-11、B-48及びB-49は(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物由来の繰り返し単位であり、B-31~A-34は酢酸ビニル化合物由来の繰り返し単位であり、B-35及びB-36はビニルケトン化合物由来の繰り返し単位であり、B-37~B-41は無水マレイン酸化合物由来の繰り返し単位であり、B-51はスチレン化合物由来の繰り返し単位である。
Preferred examples of the repeating unit [b] are shown below as structural formulas, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.
In the following specific examples, B-1 to B-4, B-12, B-13, B-17 to B-30, B-42 to B47 and B-50 are repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester compounds. B-5, B-14 to B-16 are repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid compounds, and B-6 to B-11, B-48 and B-49 are derived from (meth) acrylamide compounds. B-31 to A-34 are repeating units derived from a vinyl acetate compound, B-35 and B-36 are repeating units derived from a vinyl ketone compound, and B-37 to B-41 are anhydrous. It is a repeating unit derived from a maleic acid compound, and B-51 is a repeating unit derived from a styrene compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位と、上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位の両繰り返し単位を有すれば、各繰り返し単位の含有量については特に制限されない。 The adhesive polymer is not particularly limited as to the content of each repeating unit as long as it has both the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b].
 密着性ポリマー層とセルロースエステル層との親和性をより高め、層間の密着性に優れた積層体を得る観点からは、上記密着性ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分(繰り返し単位)の総モル量中に占める上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位のモル量を、5モル%以上とすることが好ましく、10モル%以上とすることがより好ましく、20モル%以上とすることが更に好ましい。上記密着性ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分の総モル量中に占める上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位のモル量は、95モル%以下が好ましく、90モル%以下がより好ましく、80モル%以下が更に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of increasing the affinity between the adhesive polymer layer and the cellulose ester layer and obtaining a laminate having excellent interlayer adhesion, the total amount of monomer components (repeating units) constituting the adhesive polymer is The molar amount of the repeating unit [b] is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and even more preferably 20 mol% or more. The molar amount of the repeating unit (b) occupying in the total molar amount of the monomer component constituting the adhesive polymer is preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, and even more preferably 80 mol% or less. .
 また、密着性と含水率とをより高いレベルで両立した積層体を得る観点からは、上記密着性ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分の総モル量中に占める上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位のモル量を、5モル%以上とすることが好ましく、10モル%以上とすることがより好ましく、20モル%以上とすることがより一層好ましく、30モル%以上とすることが更に好ましく、40モル%以上とすることが特に好ましく、50モル%以上とすることが最も好ましい。上記密着性ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分の総モル量中に占める上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位のモル量は、95モル%以下が好ましく、90モル%以下が更に好ましい。 In addition, from the viewpoint of obtaining a laminate having both adhesion and moisture content at a higher level, the molar amount of the repeating unit [a] in the total molar amount of the monomer components constituting the adhesive polymer is determined. It is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, still more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, and 40 mol% or more. It is particularly preferable to set it to 50 mol% or more. The molar amount of the repeating unit [a] in the total molar amount of the monomer components constituting the adhesive polymer is preferably 95 mol% or less, and more preferably 90 mol% or less.
 上記密着性ポリマー中、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位の含有量と、上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位の含有量は、モル比で、[〔a〕の繰り返し単位]/[〔b〕の繰り返し単位]=95/5~10/90を満たすことが好ましく、[〔a〕の繰り返し単位]/[〔b〕の繰り返し単位]=95/5~30/70を満たすことがより好ましく、[〔a〕の繰り返し単位]/[〔b〕の繰り返し単位]=92/8~50/50を満たすことが更に好ましく、[〔a〕の繰り返し単位]/[〔b〕の繰り返し単位]=90/10~60/40を満たすことが特に好ましく、[〔a〕の繰り返し単位]/[〔b〕の繰り返し単位]=90/10~75/25を満たすことが最も好ましい。 In the adhesive polymer, the content of the repeating unit [a] and the content of the repeating unit [b] are in a molar ratio: [[a] repeating unit] / [[b] repeating unit. ] = 95/5 to 10/90, preferably [repeat unit of [a]] / [repeat unit of [b]] = 95/5 to 30/70, more preferably [[a ] [Repeat unit] / [repeat unit of [b]] = 92/8 to 50/50 is more preferable, and [repeat unit of [a]] / [repeat unit of [b]] = 90/10 It is particularly preferable to satisfy ˜60 / 40, and most preferably, [repeat unit of [[a]] / [repeat unit of [b]] = 90/10 to 75/25.
 上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位の総モル量中に占める上記一般式1で表される繰り返し単位のモル量が50モル%以上であることが好ましく、70モル%以上であることがより好ましく、80モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、90モル%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位の総モル量中に占める上記一般式1で表される繰り返し単位のモル量が100モル%以下であることが好ましく、上記密着性ポリマー中に含まれる上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位のすべてが上記一般式1で表される繰り返し単位であることも好ましい。
 上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位の総モル量中に占める上記一般式1-1で表される繰り返し単位のモル量が50モル%以上であることが好ましく、70モル%以上であることがより好ましく、80モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、90モル%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位の総モル量中に占める上記一般式1-1で表される繰り返し単位のモル量が100モル%以下であることが好ましく、上記密着性ポリマー中に含まれる上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位のすべてが上記一般式1-1で表される繰り返し単位であることも好ましい。
In the adhesive polymer, the molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [a] is preferably 50 mol% or more, and 70 mol% or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 80 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 90 mol% or more. The adhesive polymer preferably has a molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [a] of 100 mol% or less. It is also preferred that all of the repeating units [a] contained therein are repeating units represented by the above general formula 1.
In the adhesive polymer, the molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 1-1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [a] is preferably 50 mol% or more, and 70 mol% or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 80 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 90 mol% or more. Further, the adhesive polymer preferably has a molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 1-1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [a] of 100 mol% or less. It is also preferred that all of the repeating units [a] contained in the functional polymer are repeating units represented by the general formula 1-1.
 上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位の総モル量中に占める上記一般式2で表される繰り返し単位のモル量が50モル%以上であることが好ましく、70モル%以上であることがより好ましく、80モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、90モル%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位の総モル量中に占める上記一般式2で表される繰り返し単位のモル量が100モル%以下であることが好ましく、上記密着性ポリマー中に含まれる上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位のすべてが上記一般式2で表される繰り返し単位であることも好ましい。
 上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位の総モル量中に占める上記一般式2-1で表される繰り返し単位のモル量が50モル%以上であることが好ましく、70モル%以上であることがより好ましく、80モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、90モル%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位の総モル量中に占める上記一般式2-1で表される繰り返し単位のモル量が100モル%以下であることが好ましく、上記密着性ポリマー中に含まれる上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位のすべてが上記一般式2-1で表される繰り返し単位であることも好ましい。
In the adhesive polymer, the molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the above general formula 2 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [b] is preferably 50 mol% or more, and 70 mol% or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 80 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 90 mol% or more. In addition, the adhesive polymer preferably has a molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 2 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [b] of 100 mol% or less. It is also preferred that all of the repeating units [b] contained therein are repeating units represented by the above general formula 2.
In the adhesive polymer, the molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 2-1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [b] is preferably 50 mol% or more, and 70 mol% or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 80 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 90 mol% or more. The adhesive polymer preferably has a molar amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula 2-1 in the total molar amount of the repeating unit [b] of 100 mol% or less. It is also preferred that all of the repeating units [b] contained in the conductive polymer are repeating units represented by the general formula 2-1.
 上記密着性ポリマーは、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲で、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位及び上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位の他に、他の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。上記密着性ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分の総モル量中、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位の含有量と上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位の含有量は、合計で50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上記密着性ポリマーは、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位及び上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位のモル量が合計で100モル%以下であることが好ましく、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位と上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位とからなる形態であることも好ましい。 The adhesive polymer may have other repeating units in addition to the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b] as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. In the total molar amount of the monomer component constituting the adhesive polymer, the content of the repeating unit (a) and the content of the repeating unit (b) are preferably 50% by mass or more in total. More preferably, it is 70 mass% or more, More preferably, it is 80 mass% or more, It is especially preferable that it is 90 mass% or more. In the adhesive polymer, the molar amount of the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b] is preferably 100 mol% or less in total, and the repeating unit [a] and the above [b] It is also preferred that the form is composed of repeating units.
 上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位と上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位を有する密着性ポリマーを用いた層が、セルロースエステル層との密着性に優れる理由は定かではないが、次のように推定される。すなわち、条件〔b〕の繰り返し単位の溶解度パラメータδtは、セルロースエステルの溶解度パラメータδtと比較的近く、密着性ポリマー層中にはセルロースエステルとの親和性において部分的な傾斜が生じるものと考えられる。そして、セルロースエステルとの親和性が比較的高い部分が、セルロースエステル層と効果的に相互作用し、層間密着性を高めるものと推定される。しかも上記密着性ポリマーは溶解度パラメータδtが高い上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位も有するために、積層体の透湿性も効果的に抑えることができる。
 更に上記密着性ポリマーの層とセルロースエステル層とを積層した積層体は、異なる素材の積層構造に起因して、内部に浸入した水分の拡散が抑制され、透湿度がより効果的に抑えられるものと考えられる。
The reason why the layer using the adhesive polymer having the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b] is excellent in adhesion to the cellulose ester layer is not clear, but is estimated as follows. That is, the solubility parameter δt of the repeating unit in the condition [b] is relatively close to the solubility parameter δt of the cellulose ester, and it is considered that a partial gradient occurs in the affinity with the cellulose ester in the adhesive polymer layer. . And it is estimated that a part with a comparatively high affinity with a cellulose ester interacts effectively with a cellulose-ester layer, and improves interlayer adhesiveness. Moreover, since the adhesive polymer also has the repeating unit [a] having a high solubility parameter δt, the moisture permeability of the laminate can be effectively suppressed.
Furthermore, the laminate in which the adhesive polymer layer and the cellulose ester layer are laminated has a structure in which moisture penetrated into the inside is suppressed and moisture permeability is more effectively suppressed due to the laminated structure of different materials. it is conceivable that.
 また、密着性ポリマーは、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位と上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位を含有しており、各々の繰り返し単位の特性を効率良く発現することができる。特に、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位と上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位を上述の好適な組成比(モル比)でバランス良く有していると、各々の繰り返し単位の特性をより高い水準で両立させることができる。例えば、密着性ポリマーは、溶解度パラメータδtの絶対値が上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位よりも小さい上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位を有することにより、優れた耐水性を発揮する。 The adhesive polymer contains the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b], and can efficiently express the characteristics of each repeating unit. In particular, when the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b] have a good balance in the above-mentioned preferred composition ratio (molar ratio), the characteristics of each repeating unit are made compatible at a higher level. be able to. For example, the adhesive polymer exhibits excellent water resistance by having the repeating unit [a] having a smaller solubility parameter δt than the repeating unit [b].
 本発明に用いる上記密着性ポリマーの重量平均分子量の下限値は、特に限定されないが、5,000以上であることが好ましく、10,000以上であることがより好ましく、15,000以上であることがより一層好ましく、35,000以上であることが更に好ましく、75,000以上であることが最も好ましい。一方、上記密着性ポリマーの重量平均分子量の上限値は、製膜性の観点から、2,000,000以下であることが好ましく、1,500,000以下であることがより好ましく、1,000,000以下であることがより一層好ましく、750,000以下であることが更に好ましく、500,000以下であることが更に一層好ましく、350,000以下であることが特に好ましく、250,000以下であることが最も好ましい。
 分子量の測定は、後述する実施例で記載する方法等で測定することができる。
The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the adhesive polymer used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, and 15,000 or more. Is more preferably 35,000 or more, and most preferably 75,000 or more. On the other hand, the upper limit value of the weight average molecular weight of the adhesive polymer is preferably 2,000,000 or less, more preferably 1,500,000 or less, and 1,000, from the viewpoint of film forming properties. Is more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 750,000 or less, still more preferably 500,000 or less, particularly preferably 350,000 or less, and 250,000 or less. Most preferably it is.
The molecular weight can be measured by the method described in Examples described later.
 上記密着性ポリマー層の膜厚に特に制限はなく、1~25μmが好ましく、1~20μmがより好ましく、1~15μmが特に好ましい。 The film thickness of the adhesive polymer layer is not particularly limited, preferably 1 to 25 μm, more preferably 1 to 20 μm, and particularly preferably 1 to 15 μm.
[セルロースエステル層]
 本発明の積層体を構成するセルロースエステル層は、層中にセルロースエステルを50質量%以上含有する層である。セルロースエステル層中のセルロースエステルの含有量は60質量%以上が好ましく、70質量%以上がより好ましく、80質量%以上が更に好ましく、85質量%以上が特に好ましい。セルロースエステル層中のセルロースエステルの含有量の上限は、通常は96質量%以下であり、95質量%以下が好ましく、92質量%以下が更に好ましい。この場合、セルロースエステルを除く残部には、例えば後述する添加剤等が含まれる。
[Cellulose ester layer]
The cellulose ester layer which comprises the laminated body of this invention is a layer which contains 50 mass% or more of cellulose esters in a layer. 60 mass% or more is preferable, as for content of the cellulose ester in a cellulose-ester layer, 70 mass% or more is more preferable, 80 mass% or more is further more preferable, and 85 mass% or more is especially preferable. The upper limit of the content of the cellulose ester in the cellulose ester layer is usually 96% by mass or less, preferably 95% by mass or less, and more preferably 92% by mass or less. In this case, the remainder excluding the cellulose ester includes, for example, an additive described later.
<セルロースエステル>
 本発明のセルロースエステル層の製造において、原料として用いるセルロースエステルについて説明する。
 セルロースエステルは、セルロースエステルフィルムの製造に用いられるセルロースエステルであれば特に制限されることなく用いることができる。
 セルロースを構成する、β-1,4結合しているグルコース単位は、2位、3位及び6位に遊離のヒドロキシ基を有している。セルロースエステルは、これらのヒドロキシ基の一部をエステル化剤等によりエステル化した重合体(ポリマー)である。
 セルロースとしては、綿花リンタや木材パルプ(広葉樹パルプ,針葉樹パルプ)等があり、いずれの原料セルロースから得られるセルロースでも使用でき、場合により混合して使用してもよい。原料セルロースは、例えば、丸澤、宇田著,「プラスチック材料講座(17)繊維素系樹脂」,日刊工業新聞社(1970年発行)や発明協会公開技報公技番号2001-1745号(7頁~8頁)に記載のセルロースを用いることができる。
 セルロースエステルとしては、セルロースエステルフィルムの製造に用いられる公知のセルロースエステルを何ら制限なく用いることができる。なかでもセルロースアシレートを用いることが好ましい。
<Cellulose ester>
The cellulose ester used as a raw material in the production of the cellulose ester layer of the present invention will be described.
The cellulose ester can be used without particular limitation as long as it is a cellulose ester used for the production of a cellulose ester film.
The β-1,4-bonded glucose unit constituting cellulose has free hydroxy groups at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions. The cellulose ester is a polymer (polymer) obtained by esterifying a part of these hydroxy groups with an esterifying agent or the like.
Examples of cellulose include cotton linter and wood pulp (hardwood pulp, softwood pulp), and the like. Any cellulose obtained from any raw material cellulose can be used, and in some cases, a mixture may be used. Raw material cellulose is, for example, Marusawa and Uda, “Plastic Materials Course (17) Fibrous Resin”, Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun (published in 1970) and JIII Journal of Technical Publication No. 2001-1745 (page 7). To page 8) can be used.
As a cellulose ester, the well-known cellulose ester used for manufacture of a cellulose-ester film can be used without a restriction | limiting at all. Of these, cellulose acylate is preferably used.
(セルロースアシレート)
 本発明に用いるセルロースアシレートは、セルロースアシレートフィルムの製造に用いられる公知のセルロースアシレートを何ら制限なく用いることができる。
 アシル置換度(以下、単に「置換度」ということがある)は、2位、3位及び6位に位置するセルロースのヒドロキシ基のアシル化の度合いを示すものであり、すべてのグルコース単位の2位、3位及び6位のヒドロキシ基がいずれもアシル化された場合、総アシル置換度は3である。例えば、すべてのグルコース単位で、6位のみがすべてアシル化された場合、総アシル置換度は1である。同様に、全グルコースの全ヒドロキシ基において、各々のグルコース単位で、6位及び2位のいずれか一方のすべてがアシル化された場合も、総アシル置換度は1である。
 すなわち置換度は、グルコース分子中の全ヒドロキシ基がすべてアシル化された場合を3として、アシル化の度合いを示すものである。
 セルロースアシレートの置換度は、手塚他,Carbohydrate.Res.,273,83-91(1995)に記載の方法、又は、ASTM-D817-96に規定の方法に準じて測定することができる。
(Cellulose acylate)
As the cellulose acylate used in the present invention, a known cellulose acylate used for producing a cellulose acylate film can be used without any limitation.
The acyl substitution degree (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as “substitution degree”) indicates the degree of acylation of the hydroxy group of cellulose located at the 2-position, 3-position and 6-position, and is 2 for all glucose units. When the hydroxy groups at the 3rd, 6th and 6th positions are all acylated, the total degree of acyl substitution is 3. For example, if all glucose units are all acylated at position 6, the total degree of acyl substitution is 1. Similarly, the total acyl substitution degree is 1 when all of any one of the 6-position and 2-position is acylated in each glucose unit in all hydroxy groups of all glucose.
That is, the degree of substitution indicates the degree of acylation, where 3 is the case where all the hydroxy groups in the glucose molecule are all acylated.
The degree of substitution of cellulose acylate is described in Tezuka et al., Carbohydrate. Res. , 273, 83-91 (1995), or according to the method prescribed in ASTM-D817-96.
 本発明に用いるセルロースアシレートの総アシル置換度は透湿度の観点から1.50以上3.00以下であることが好ましく、2.00~2.97であることがより好ましく、2.30以上2.97未満であることが更に好ましく、2.30~2.95であることが特に好ましい。 The total acyl substitution degree of the cellulose acylate used in the present invention is preferably 1.50 or more and 3.00 or less, more preferably 2.00 to 2.97, from the viewpoint of moisture permeability, and 2.30 or more. More preferably, it is less than 2.97, and particularly preferably 2.30 to 2.95.
 本発明に用いるセルロースアシレートのアシル基に、特に制限はなく、1種のアシル基を有する形態でもよいし、2種以上のアシル基を有する形態でもよい。本発明に用いうるセルロースアシレートは、炭素原子数2以上のアシル基を置換基として有することが好ましい。炭素原子数2以上のアシル基に特に制限はなく、脂肪族のアシル基でもよいし、芳香族のアシル基でもよい。炭素原子数2以上のアシル基の具体例として、アセチル、プロピオニル、ブタノイル、ヘプタノイル、ヘキサノイル、オクタノイル、デカノイル、ドデカノイル、トリデカノイル、テトラデカノイル、ヘキサデカノイル、オクタデカノイル、イソブタノイル、tert-ブタノイル、シクロヘキサンカルボニル、オレオイル、ベンゾイル、ナフチルカルボニル、シンナモイルなどが挙げられる。これらの中でも、アセチル、プロピオニル、ブタノイル、ドデカノイル、オクタデカノイル、tert-ブタノイル、オレオイル、ベンゾイル、ナフチルカルボニル、シンナモイルが好ましく、更に好ましくはアセチル、プロピオニル、ブタノイルである。 The acyl group of the cellulose acylate used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and may have one acyl group or may have two or more acyl groups. The cellulose acylate that can be used in the present invention preferably has an acyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms as a substituent. The acyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms is not particularly limited, and may be an aliphatic acyl group or an aromatic acyl group. Specific examples of the acyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms include acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, heptanoyl, hexanoyl, octanoyl, decanoyl, dodecanoyl, tridecanoyl, tetradecanoyl, hexadecanoyl, octadecanoyl, isobutanoyl, tert-butanoyl, cyclohexane Examples include carbonyl, oleoyl, benzoyl, naphthylcarbonyl, cinnamoyl and the like. Among these, acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, dodecanoyl, octadecanoyl, tert-butanoyl, oleoyl, benzoyl, naphthylcarbonyl, and cinnamoyl are preferable, and acetyl, propionyl, and butanoyl are more preferable.
 セルロースアシレートのアシル基としてアセチル基のみを用いたセルロースアセテートは、本発明に好適に用いることができ、このセルロースアセテートの総アシル置換度は、透湿度及び光学特性の観点から、2.00以上3.00以下であることが好ましく、2.20~3.00であることがより好ましく、2.30~3.00であることがより一層好ましく、2.30~2.97であることが更に好ましく、2.30~2.95であることが特に好ましい。 Cellulose acetate using only an acetyl group as the acyl group of cellulose acylate can be suitably used in the present invention. The total acyl substitution degree of this cellulose acetate is 2.00 or more from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and optical properties. It is preferably 3.00 or less, more preferably 2.20 to 3.00, even more preferably 2.30 to 3.00, and 2.30 to 2.97. More preferred is 2.30 to 2.95.
 2種類以上のアシル基を有する混合脂肪酸エステルも本発明におけるセルロースアシレートとして好ましく用いることができる。なかでも混合脂肪酸エステルのアシル基には、アセチル基と炭素数が3~4のアシル基が含まれることが好ましい。また、混合脂肪酸エステルがアシル基としてアセチル基を含む場合、そのアセチル置換度は2.5未満が好ましく、1.9未満が更に好ましい。一方、炭素数が3~4のアシル基を含む場合の炭素数が3~4のアシル基の置換度は0.1~1.5であることが好ましく、0.2~1.2であることがより好ましく、0.5~1.1であることが特に好ましい。
 また、特開2008-20896号公報の段落[0023]~[0038]に記載の、脂肪酸アシル基と置換若しくは無置換の芳香族アシル基とを有する混合酸エステルも好ましく用いることができる。
A mixed fatty acid ester having two or more kinds of acyl groups can also be preferably used as the cellulose acylate in the present invention. Among them, the acyl group of the mixed fatty acid ester preferably includes an acetyl group and an acyl group having 3 to 4 carbon atoms. When the mixed fatty acid ester contains an acetyl group as an acyl group, the degree of acetyl substitution is preferably less than 2.5 and more preferably less than 1.9. On the other hand, when an acyl group having 3 to 4 carbon atoms is contained, the degree of substitution of the acyl group having 3 to 4 carbon atoms is preferably 0.1 to 1.5, and preferably 0.2 to 1.2. Is more preferable, and 0.5 to 1.1 is particularly preferable.
In addition, mixed acid esters having fatty acid acyl groups and substituted or unsubstituted aromatic acyl groups described in paragraphs [0023] to [0038] of JP-A-2008-20896 can also be preferably used.
 本発明においては、エステル基及び置換度の一方又は両方が異なる、2種のセルロースエステルないしセルロースアシレートを併用することもできる。この場合、後述する共流延法等により、異なるセルロースエステルからなる積層構造として形成してもよい。 In the present invention, two types of cellulose esters or cellulose acylates having one or both of an ester group and a degree of substitution can be used in combination. In this case, you may form as a laminated structure which consists of a different cellulose ester by the co-casting method etc. which are mentioned later.
 本発明に用いるセルロースエステルないしセルロースアシレートは、その重合度が250~800が好ましく、300~600が更に好ましい。また、本発明に用いるセルロースエステルないしセルロースアシレートは、その数平均分子量が40000~230000が好ましく、60000~230000が更に好ましく、75000~200000が最も好ましい。
 重合度は、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(Gel Permeation Chromatography;GPC)によりポリスチレン換算で測定される数平均分子量をセルロースエステルないしセルロースアシレートのグルコピラノース単位の分子量で序することで求めることができる。
The degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester or cellulose acylate used in the present invention is preferably 250 to 800, more preferably 300 to 600. The number average molecular weight of the cellulose ester or cellulose acylate used in the present invention is preferably 40000 to 230,000, more preferably 60000 to 230,000, and most preferably 75,000 to 200000.
The degree of polymerization can be determined by ordering the number average molecular weight measured in terms of polystyrene by Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) with the molecular weight of the glucopyranose unit of cellulose ester or cellulose acylate.
 本発明に用いるセルロースエステルは常法により合成することができる。例えばセルロースアシレートであれば、アシル化剤として酸無水物や酸塩化物を用いて合成できる。上記アシル化剤が酸無水物である場合は、反応溶媒として有機酸(例えば、酢酸)や塩化メチレンが使用される。また、触媒として、硫酸のようなプロトン性触媒を用いることができる。アシル化剤が酸塩化物である場合は、触媒として塩基性化合物を用いることができる。セルロースアシレートの一般的な工業的生産では、セルロースを目的のアシル基に対応する有機酸(酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸等)又はそれらの酸無水物(無水酢酸、無水プロピオン酸、無水酪酸等)を用いてそのヒドロキシ基がエステル化される。
 例えば、綿花リンタ又は木材パルプ由来のセルロースを原料とし、これを酢酸等の有機酸で活性化処理した後、硫酸触媒の存在下で、所望の構造の有機酸を用いてエステル化することによりセルロースアシレートを得ることができる。また、アシル化剤として有機酸無水物を用いる場合には、一般にセルロース中に存在するヒドロキシ基の量に対して有機酸無水物を過剰量で使用してセルロースをエステル化する。
 またセルロースアシレートは、例えば、特開平10-45804号公報に記載された方法により合成することもできる。
The cellulose ester used in the present invention can be synthesized by a conventional method. For example, cellulose acylate can be synthesized using an acid anhydride or acid chloride as an acylating agent. When the acylating agent is an acid anhydride, an organic acid (for example, acetic acid) or methylene chloride is used as a reaction solvent. Further, a protic catalyst such as sulfuric acid can be used as the catalyst. When the acylating agent is an acid chloride, a basic compound can be used as a catalyst. In general industrial production of cellulose acylate, an organic acid (acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, etc.) or an acid anhydride (acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, etc.) corresponding to the desired acyl group in cellulose is used. Is used to esterify the hydroxy group.
For example, a cellulose derived from cotton linter or wood pulp is used as a raw material, and this is activated with an organic acid such as acetic acid and then esterified with an organic acid having a desired structure in the presence of a sulfuric acid catalyst. Acylate can be obtained. When an organic acid anhydride is used as the acylating agent, cellulose is generally esterified using an excess amount of the organic acid anhydride relative to the amount of hydroxy groups present in the cellulose.
Cellulose acylate can also be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-10-45804.
 また、本発明のセルロースエステル層中には、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲でセルロースエステルに加えて他の樹脂(例えば(メタ)アクリル樹脂等)を併用して用いることもできる。セルロースエステルフィルム中の上記他の樹脂の含有量は、セルロースエステルフィルム中、40質量%以下が好ましく、30質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましく、15質量%以下が特に好ましく、10質量%以下が最も好ましい。 Further, in the cellulose ester layer of the present invention, other resins (for example, (meth) acrylic resin etc.) can be used in combination with the cellulose ester within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. The content of the other resin in the cellulose ester film is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less, still more preferably 20% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 15% by mass or less in the cellulose ester film. 10 mass% or less is the most preferable.
<セルロースエステル層の形成>
 続いて上記セルロースエステル層の形成について説明する。
 上記セルロースエステル層の形成方法は、特に限定されるものではなく、例えば溶融製膜法又は溶液製膜法(ソルベントキャスト法)が好ましく、添加剤の揮散や分解を考慮すると溶液製膜法がより好ましい。ソルベントキャスト法を利用したフィルムの製造例については、米国特許第2,336,310号、同第2,367,603号、同第2,492,078号、同第2,492,977号、同第2,492,978号、同第2,607,704号、同第2,739,069号及び同第2,739,070号の各明細書、英国特許第640731号及び同第736892号の各明細書、並びに特公昭45-4554号、同49-5614号、特開昭60-176834号、同60-203430号及び同62-115035号等の各公報を参考にすることができる。また、上記セルロースエステル層は、延伸処理が施されていてもよい。延伸処理の方法及び条件については、例えば、特開昭62-115035号、特開平4-152125号、同4-284211号、同4-298310号、同11-48271号等の各公報を参考にすることができる。
<Formation of cellulose ester layer>
Next, the formation of the cellulose ester layer will be described.
The method for forming the cellulose ester layer is not particularly limited. For example, a melt film forming method or a solution film forming method (solvent casting method) is preferable, and the solution film forming method is more preferable in consideration of volatilization and decomposition of additives. preferable. Examples of film production using the solvent cast method are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,336,310, 2,367,603, 2,492,078, 2,492,977, Nos. 2,492,978, 2,607,704, 2,739,069 and 2,739,070, British Patent Nos. 640731 and 736892 And the Japanese Patent Publications Nos. 45-4554, 49-5614, JP-A-60-176834, JP-A-60-203430, and JP-A-62-115035. The cellulose ester layer may be subjected to a stretching treatment. For the stretching method and conditions, refer to, for example, JP-A-62-115035, JP-A-4-152125, 4-284221, 4-298310, and 11-48271. can do.
(流延)
 溶液の流延方法としては、調製されたドープを加圧ダイから金属支持体上に均一に押出す方法、一旦金属等の支持体上に流延されたドープをブレードで膜厚を調節するドクターブレードによる方法、逆回転するロールで調節するリバースロールコーターによる方法等があり、加圧ダイによる方法が好ましい。加圧ダイにはコートハンガータイプやTダイタイプ等があるが、いずれも好ましく用いることができる。また、ここで挙げた方法以外にも、従来知られているセルロースエステル溶液を流延製膜する種々の方法で実施することができ、用いる溶媒の沸点等の違いを考慮して各条件を設定することができる。
(Casting)
The solution casting method includes a method of uniformly extruding the prepared dope from a pressure die onto a metal support, and a doctor that adjusts the film thickness with a blade of the dope once cast on a metal support. There are a method using a blade and a method using a reverse roll coater which adjusts with a reverse rotating roll, and a method using a pressure die is preferred. The pressure die includes a coat hanger type and a T die type, and any of them can be preferably used. In addition to the methods listed here, it can be carried out by various known methods for casting a cellulose ester solution, and each condition is set in consideration of differences in the boiling point of the solvent used. can do.
 セルロースエステル層は単層であっても複層であってもよく、複層とする場合には、共流延法、逐次流延法、塗布法などの積層流延法を用いることが好ましく、特に同時共流延(同時多層共流延ともいう。)法を用いることが、安定製造及び生産コスト低減の観点から特に好ましい。
 共流延法及び逐次流延法によりセルロースエステル層を製造する場合には、まず、各層用のセルロースエステル溶液(ドープともいう)を調製し、この溶液を支持体上に流延する。
 共流延法(重層同時流延)では、まず、流延用支持体(バンド又はドラム)の上に、各層(3層あるいはそれ以上でもよい)各々の流延用ドープを別々のスリットなどから同時に押出すことができる流延用ダイを用いてドープを押出して、各層同時に流延する。流延後、適当な時間をおいて支持体から剥ぎ取って、乾燥しフィルムを成形する流延法である。共流延ダイを用いることにより、例えば、流延用支持体の上に表層用ドープから形成された表層2層と、これら表層に挟まれたコア層用ドープからなるコア層の計3層を、支持体上に同時に押出して流延することができる。
The cellulose ester layer may be a single layer or multiple layers, and in the case of multiple layers, it is preferable to use a lamination casting method such as a co-casting method, a sequential casting method, a coating method, It is particularly preferable to use the simultaneous co-casting (also referred to as simultaneous multi-layer co-casting) method from the viewpoint of stable production and production cost reduction.
When producing a cellulose ester layer by the co-casting method and the sequential casting method, first, a cellulose ester solution (also referred to as a dope) for each layer is prepared, and this solution is cast on a support.
In the co-casting method (multi-layer simultaneous casting), first, a casting dope for each layer (which may be three layers or more) is provided on a casting support (band or drum) from a separate slit or the like. The dope is extruded using a casting die that can be extruded at the same time, and the layers are cast simultaneously. It is a casting method in which after casting, the film is peeled off from the support after an appropriate time and dried to form a film. By using a co-casting die, for example, a total of three layers: a surface layer two layers formed from a surface layer dope on a casting support, and a core layer composed of a core layer dope sandwiched between these surface layers. It can be extruded and cast simultaneously on a support.
 逐次流延法では、流延用支持体の上に、まず、第1層用の流延用ドープを流延用ダイから押出して、流延し、乾燥あるいは乾燥することなく、その上に第2層用の流延用ドープを流延用ダイから押出して流延する要領で、必要なら第3層以上まで逐次ドープを流延又は積層して、適当な時間をおいて支持体から剥ぎ取って乾燥し、セルロースエステル層を形成する。
 また塗布法では、一般的には、コア層を溶液製膜法によりフィルム状に形成し、その表層に、目的のセルロースエステル溶液である塗布液を塗布し、乾燥して、積層構造のセルロースエステル層を形成する。
In the sequential casting method, a casting dope for the first layer is first extruded from a casting die on a casting support, cast, and dried or dried without being dried. The dope for casting for two layers is extruded from the casting die, and if necessary, the dope is successively cast or laminated to the third layer or more and peeled off from the support after an appropriate time. And dried to form a cellulose ester layer.
In the coating method, generally, a core layer is formed into a film by a solution casting method, and a coating solution that is a target cellulose ester solution is applied to the surface layer, followed by drying to form a cellulose ester having a laminated structure. Form a layer.
(延伸)
 上記セルロースエステル層は、上記の流延、乾燥後、延伸処理されていることも好ましい。セルロースエステル層の延伸方向はフィルム搬送方向(MD(Machine Direction)方向)と搬送方向に直交する方向(TD(Transverse Direction)方向)のいずれでもよい。後に続く偏光板加工プロセスを考慮すると、TD方向であることが好ましい。延伸処理は2段階以上に分けて複数回行ってもよい。
(Stretching)
The cellulose ester layer is also preferably stretched after casting and drying. The stretching direction of the cellulose ester layer may be either a film transport direction (MD (Machine Direction) direction) or a direction (TD (Transverse Direction) direction) orthogonal to the transport direction. Considering the subsequent polarizing plate processing process, the TD direction is preferable. The stretching process may be performed a plurality of times in two or more stages.
 TD方向に延伸する方法は、例えば、特開昭62-115035号、特開平4-152125号、同4-284211号、同4-298310号、同11-48271号などの各公報に記載されている。TD方向の延伸の場合、フィルムの巾をテンターで保持しながら搬送して、テンターの巾を徐々に広げることによって延伸することができる。またフィルムの乾燥後に、延伸機を用いて延伸すること(好ましくはロング延伸機を用いる一軸延伸)もできる。
 MD方向の延伸の場合、例えば、フィルムの搬送ローラの速度を調節して、フィルムの剥ぎ取り速度よりも巻き取り速度を速くすることで行うことができる。
Methods for stretching in the TD direction are described in, for example, JP-A-62-115035, JP-A-4-152125, JP-A-2842211, JP-A-298310, and JP-A-11-48271. Yes. In the case of stretching in the TD direction, the film can be stretched by conveying the film while holding the film with a tenter and gradually widening the width of the tenter. Further, after the film is dried, it can be stretched using a stretching machine (preferably uniaxial stretching using a long stretching machine).
In the case of stretching in the MD direction, for example, it can be performed by adjusting the speed of the film conveyance roller to make the winding speed faster than the film peeling speed.
 本発明の積層体を偏光子の保護膜(偏光板保護フィルムとも呼ぶ)として使用する場合には、偏光板を斜めから見たときの光漏れを抑制するため、偏光子の透過軸とセルロースエステル層の面内の遅相軸を平行に配置する態様が好ましい。連続的に製造されるロールフィルム状の偏光子の透過軸は、一般的に、ロールフィルムの幅方向に平行であるので、上記ロールフィルム状の偏光子とロールフィルム状のセルロースエステル層からなる保護膜を連続的に貼り合せるためには、ロールフィルム状の保護膜の面内遅相軸は、セルロースエステル層の幅方向に平行であることが必要となる。したがって、TD方向により多く延伸することが好ましい。また延伸処理は、製膜工程の途中で行ってもよいし、製膜して巻き取った原反を延伸処理してもよい。 When the laminate of the present invention is used as a protective film for a polarizer (also referred to as a polarizing plate protective film), in order to suppress light leakage when the polarizing plate is viewed obliquely, the transmission axis of the polarizer and the cellulose ester An embodiment in which the slow axes in the plane of the layer are arranged in parallel is preferable. Since the transmission axis of the roll film polarizer produced continuously is generally parallel to the width direction of the roll film, the protection comprising the roll film polarizer and the roll film cellulose ester layer is used. In order to continuously bond the films, the in-plane slow axis of the roll film-like protective film needs to be parallel to the width direction of the cellulose ester layer. Therefore, it is preferable to stretch more in the TD direction. The stretching process may be performed in the middle of the film forming process, or the original fabric that has been formed and wound may be stretched.
 TD方向の延伸は5~100%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~80%、特に好ましくは5~40%とする。なお、未延伸の場合、延伸は0%となる。延伸処理は製膜工程の途中で行ってもよいし、製膜して巻き取った原反を延伸処理してもよい。前者の場合には残留溶剤量を含んだ状態で延伸を行ってもよく、残留溶剤量=(残存揮発分質量/加熱処理後フィルム質量)×100%が0.05~50%の状態で延伸することが好ましい。残留溶剤量が0.05~5%の状態で5~80%延伸することがより好ましい。 The stretching in the TD direction is preferably 5 to 100%, more preferably 5 to 80%, and particularly preferably 5 to 40%. In the case of unstretched, the stretching is 0%. The stretching process may be performed in the middle of the film forming process, or the original fabric that has been formed and wound may be stretched. In the former case, stretching may be performed in a state including the residual solvent amount, and the residual solvent amount = (residual volatile matter mass / film mass after heat treatment) × 100% is stretched in a state of 0.05 to 50%. It is preferable to do. It is more preferable to stretch 5 to 80% in a state where the residual solvent amount is 0.05 to 5%.
<添加剤>
 上記セルロースエステル層は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、添加剤を含んでいてもよい。添加剤としては、公知の可塑剤、有機酸、色素、ポリマー、レターデーション調整剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、マット剤などが例示される。これらについては、特開2012-155287号公報の段落番号[0062]~[0097]の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。また、添加剤としては、剥離促進剤、有機酸、多価カルボン酸誘導体を挙げることもできる。これらについては、国際公開第2015/005398号段落[0212]~[0219]の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。更に、添加剤として、後述する、ラジカル捕捉剤、劣化防止剤又はバルビツール酸化合物なども挙げることができる。
 添加剤の含有量(上記セルロースエステル層が二種以上の添加剤を含有する場合には、それらの合計含有量)は、セルロースエステル100質量部に対して50質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましく、5~20質量部であることが更に好ましい。
<Additives>
The said cellulose-ester layer may contain the additive in the range which does not impair the effect of this invention. Examples of the additive include known plasticizers, organic acids, dyes, polymers, retardation adjusting agents, ultraviolet absorbers, antioxidants, matting agents, and the like. Regarding these, the description of paragraph numbers [0062] to [0097] of JP2012-155287A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Examples of the additive include a peeling accelerator, an organic acid, and a polyvalent carboxylic acid derivative. With respect to these, the description of WO2015 / 005398, paragraphs [0212] to [0219] can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Furthermore, examples of the additive include a radical scavenger, a deterioration inhibitor, and a barbituric acid compound, which will be described later.
The content of the additive (when the cellulose ester layer contains two or more additives), the total content thereof is preferably 50 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cellulose ester, The amount is more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 5 to 20 parts by mass.
(可塑剤)
 好ましい添加剤の1つとしては、可塑剤を挙げることができる。可塑剤をセルロースエステル層に添加することにより、セルロースエステル層の疎水性を高めることができる。この点は、セルロースエステル層の含水率を低下させる観点から好ましい。このような可塑剤を使用することは、セルロースエステル層を有する積層体を、偏光板保護フィルムとして用いた場合、湿度に起因する画像表示装置の表示ムラを発生しにくくすることができるため、好ましい。
(Plasticizer)
One preferred additive is a plasticizer. By adding a plasticizer to the cellulose ester layer, the hydrophobicity of the cellulose ester layer can be increased. This point is preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the water content of the cellulose ester layer. It is preferable to use such a plasticizer because when the laminate having a cellulose ester layer is used as a polarizing plate protective film, display unevenness of the image display device due to humidity can be hardly generated. .
 可塑剤としては、特に限定されないが、多価アルコールの多価エステル化合物(以下、「多価アルコールエステル可塑剤」とも記載する。)、重縮合エステル化合物(以下、「重縮合エステル可塑剤」とも記載する。)、又は、炭水化物化合物(以下、「炭水化物誘導体可塑剤」とも記載する。)を挙げることができる。多価アルコールエステル可塑剤については、国際公開第2015/005398号の段落[0081]~[0098]、重縮合エステル可塑剤については、同公報の段落[0099]~[0122]、炭水化物誘導体可塑剤については、同公報の段落[0123]~[0140]を参照でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
 可塑剤の分子量は、添加することによる上記効果を良好に得る観点からは、3000以下であることが好ましく、1500以下であることがより好ましく、1000以下であることが更に好ましい。また、可塑剤の分子量は、低揮散性の観点からは、例えば300以上であり、好ましくは350以上である。なお、多量体の可塑剤については、分子量とは、数平均分子量をいうものとする。
Although it does not specifically limit as a plasticizer, The polyvalent ester compound (henceforth "polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer") of a polyhydric alcohol, and a polycondensation ester compound (henceforth "polycondensation ester plasticizer") Or a carbohydrate compound (hereinafter also referred to as “carbohydrate derivative plasticizer”). For polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers, paragraphs [0081] to [0098] of WO2015 / 005398, and for polycondensed ester plasticizers, paragraphs [0099] to [0122] of the same publication, carbohydrate derivative plasticizers. Can be referred to paragraphs [0123] to [0140] of the same publication, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
The molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and still more preferably 1000 or less, from the viewpoint of obtaining the above-described effect by adding it satisfactorily. The molecular weight of the plasticizer is, for example, 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, from the viewpoint of low volatility. In the case of multimeric plasticizers, the molecular weight is the number average molecular weight.
 可塑剤の含有量は、可塑剤の添加効果と可塑剤の析出抑制とを両立する観点から、可塑剤を添加する層の樹脂(セルロースエステル)100質量部に対して、1~20質量部とすることが好ましく、2~15質量部とすることがより好ましく、5~15質量部とすることが更に好ましい。
 可塑剤は、2種類以上を併用してもよい。2種類以上を併用する場合も、含有量の具体例及び好ましい範囲は上記と同一である。
The content of the plasticizer is 1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (cellulose ester) of the layer to which the plasticizer is added, from the viewpoint of achieving both the effect of adding the plasticizer and suppressing the precipitation of the plasticizer. It is preferably 2 to 15 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 15 parts by mass.
Two or more plasticizers may be used in combination. Also when using 2 or more types together, the specific example and preferable range of content are the same as the above.
(酸化防止剤)
 好ましい添加剤の1つとしては、酸化防止剤を挙げることもできる。酸化防止剤については、国際公開第2015/005398号の段落[0143]~[0165]の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
(Antioxidant)
One preferable additive may include an antioxidant. Regarding the antioxidant, reference can be made to the description of paragraphs [0143] to [0165] of International Publication No. 2015/005398, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
(ラジカル捕捉剤)
 好ましい添加剤の1つとしては、ラジカル補捉剤を挙げることもできる。ラジカル補捉剤については、国際公開第2015/005398号段落[0166]~[0199]の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
(Radical scavenger)
One preferred additive may include a radical scavenger. Regarding the radical scavenger, the description in paragraphs [0166] to [0199] of International Publication No. 2015/005398 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
(劣化防止剤)
 好ましい添加剤の1つとしては、劣化防止剤を挙げることもできる。劣化防止剤については、国際公開第2015/005398号段落[0205]~[0206]の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
(Deterioration inhibitor)
As one of preferable additives, a deterioration preventing agent can be mentioned. With regard to the deterioration preventing agent, the description in paragraphs [0205] to [0206] of International Publication No. 2015/005398 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
(バルビツール酸化合物)
 上記セルロースエステル層は、バルビツール酸構造を有する化合物(バルビツール酸化合物)を含有することもできる。バルビツール酸化合物は、この化合物を添加することにより、セルロースエステル層に各種機能を発現させることができる化合物である。例えば、バルビツール酸化合物は、セルロースエステル層の硬度向上に有効である。また、バルビツール酸化合物は、この化合物を含むセルロースエステル層を備えた偏光板の、光、熱又は湿度等に対する耐久性の改良にも有効である。上記セルロースエステル層に使用可能なバルビツール酸化合物については、例えば、国際公開第2015/005398号段落[0029]~[0060]の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
(Barbituric acid compound)
The cellulose ester layer may also contain a compound having a barbituric acid structure (barbituric acid compound). A barbituric acid compound is a compound which can express various functions in a cellulose-ester layer by adding this compound. For example, the barbituric acid compound is effective for improving the hardness of the cellulose ester layer. The barbituric acid compound is also effective in improving the durability of a polarizing plate having a cellulose ester layer containing this compound against light, heat or humidity. Regarding the barbituric acid compound that can be used in the cellulose ester layer, for example, the description in paragraphs [0029] to [0060] of International Publication No. 2015/005398 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
<鹸化処理>
 上記セルロースエステル層は、アルカリ鹸化処理することにより、ポリビニルアルコールのような偏光子の材料との密着性を高めることができる。
 鹸化の方法については、特開2007-86748号公報の段落番号0211及び段落番号0212に記載されている方法を用いることができる。
<Saponification treatment>
The cellulose ester layer can be improved in adhesion to a polarizer material such as polyvinyl alcohol by alkali saponification treatment.
As the saponification method, the method described in paragraph No. 0211 and paragraph No. 0212 of JP-A-2007-86748 can be used.
 例えば、セルロースエステル層に対するアルカリ鹸化処理は、フィルム表面をアルカリ溶液に浸漬した後、酸性溶液で中和し、水洗して乾燥するサイクルで行われることが好ましい。アルカリ溶液としては、水酸化カリウム溶液、水酸化ナトリウム溶液が挙げられる。水酸化物イオンの濃度は0.1~5.0モル/Lの範囲が好ましく、0.5~4.0モル/Lの範囲が更に好ましい。アルカリ溶液の温度は、室温(25℃)~90℃の範囲が好ましく、40~70℃の範囲が更に好ましい。 For example, the alkali saponification treatment for the cellulose ester layer is preferably performed in a cycle in which the film surface is immersed in an alkali solution, neutralized with an acidic solution, washed with water and dried. Examples of the alkaline solution include potassium hydroxide solution and sodium hydroxide solution. The concentration of hydroxide ions is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 5.0 mol / L, and more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 4.0 mol / L. The temperature of the alkaline solution is preferably in the range of room temperature (25 ° C.) to 90 ° C., more preferably in the range of 40 to 70 ° C.
 アルカリ鹸化処理の代わりに、特開平6-94915号公報、特開平6-118232号公報に記載されているような易接着加工を施してもよい。 Instead of the alkali saponification treatment, easy adhesion processing as described in JP-A-6-94915 and JP-A-6-118232 may be performed.
 上記セルロースエステル層の膜厚は、1~80μmが好ましく、1~60μmがより好ましく、3~60μmが更に好ましい。
 セルロースエステル層が3層以上の積層構造を有する場合、コア層の膜厚は3~70μmが好ましく、5~60μmがより好ましい。3層構造である場合のスキン層A及びスキン層Bの膜厚は、ともに、0.5~20μmが好ましく、0.5~10μmがより好ましく、0.5~3μmが更に好ましい。なお、コア層は、積層構造において内部に位置する層、3層構造である場合は中間に位置する層をいい、スキン層A、Bは積層構造ないし3層構造において、外側に位置する層をいう。
The film thickness of the cellulose ester layer is preferably 1 to 80 μm, more preferably 1 to 60 μm, still more preferably 3 to 60 μm.
When the cellulose ester layer has a laminated structure of three or more layers, the thickness of the core layer is preferably 3 to 70 μm, more preferably 5 to 60 μm. In the case of a three-layer structure, the thickness of skin layer A and skin layer B is preferably 0.5 to 20 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 10 μm, and still more preferably 0.5 to 3 μm. The core layer is a layer located inside in the laminated structure, and in the case of a three-layer structure, the core layer is an intermediate layer, and the skin layers A and B are layers located outside in the laminated structure or the three-layer structure. Say.
[積層体の製造方法]
 本発明の積層体の製造方法について説明する。
 本発明の積層体は、特に限定されるものではなく、公知の方法を採用することができる。溶融製膜法、溶液製膜法の他、後述する方法でセルロースエステル層を作製した後、各種公知の塗布方法により密着性ポリマー層を形成し、積層体を製造することもできる。このような塗布方法としては特に制限はないが、マイクログラビア塗工方式を好ましく用いることができる。なお、いずれの塗布方法を用いた場合であっても、密着性ポリマーを、適宜の溶媒に適宜の濃度で溶解したものであれば、塗布液は特に限定されず、塗工条件及び成膜条件も特に限定されない。
 なお、量産適性の観点から、溶融製膜法、溶液製膜法により製造することができる。溶融製膜法としては、T-ダイ法などの製造法を用いることが好ましく、特に同時共押し出し法を用いることが好ましい。溶液製膜法としては、上記共流延法、逐次流延法、塗布法などの積層流延法を用いることが好ましく、特に同時共流延(同時多層共流延ともいう。)法を用いることが、安定製造及び生産コスト低減の観点から特に好ましい。
[Manufacturing method of laminate]
The manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention is demonstrated.
The laminated body of this invention is not specifically limited, A well-known method is employable. In addition to the melt film forming method and the solution film forming method, a cellulose ester layer can be produced by a method described later, and then an adhesive polymer layer can be formed by various known coating methods to produce a laminate. Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular as such a coating method, A micro gravure coating system can be used preferably. In addition, even if it is a case where any application | coating method is used, if an adhesive polymer is melt | dissolved in a suitable solvent by a suitable density | concentration, a coating liquid will not be specifically limited, Coating conditions and film-forming conditions Is not particularly limited.
In addition, from the viewpoint of suitability for mass production, it can be produced by a melt casting method or a solution casting method. As the melt film forming method, a production method such as a T-die method is preferably used, and a simultaneous coextrusion method is particularly preferable. As the solution casting method, it is preferable to use a lamination casting method such as the above-mentioned co-casting method, sequential casting method, coating method or the like. Is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of stable production and production cost reduction.
<積層体の物性値>
(ヘイズ)
 本発明の積層体は、下記方法により測定されるヘイズが1%以下であることが好ましく、0.7%以下であることがより好ましく、0.5%以下であることが特に好ましい。このようなヘイズを示す積層体は、透明性に優れ、液晶表示装置のフィルム部材として好適である。ヘイズの下限値は、例えば0.001%以上であるが、特に限定されない。
 ヘイズは、積層体40mm×80mmを用いて、25℃、相対湿度60%の環境下で、ヘイズメーター(HGM-2DP、スガ試験機)を用いて、JIS K7136(2000)にしたがって測定する。
<Physical properties of the laminate>
(Haze)
In the laminate of the present invention, the haze measured by the following method is preferably 1% or less, more preferably 0.7% or less, and particularly preferably 0.5% or less. A laminate exhibiting such haze is excellent in transparency and suitable as a film member for a liquid crystal display device. Although the lower limit of haze is 0.001% or more, for example, it is not specifically limited.
The haze is measured in accordance with JIS K7136 (2000) using a haze meter (HGM-2DP, Suga Test Instruments) in an environment of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 60% using a laminate 40 mm × 80 mm.
(膜厚)
 本発明の積層体の膜厚は、用途に応じ適宜定めることができるが、例えば、5~100μmとすることができる。5μm以上とすることにより、ウェブ状のフィルムを作製する際のハンドリング性が向上し好ましい。また、100μm以下とすることにより、湿度変化に対応しやすく、光学特性を維持しやすくなる。積層体の膜厚は、8~80μmがより好ましく、10~70μmが更に好ましい。
(Film thickness)
The film thickness of the laminate of the present invention can be appropriately determined according to the application, but can be set to 5 to 100 μm, for example. When the thickness is 5 μm or more, the handling property when producing a web-like film is improved, which is preferable. Moreover, by setting it as 100 micrometers or less, it becomes easy to respond to a humidity change and it becomes easy to maintain an optical characteristic. The film thickness of the laminate is more preferably 8 to 80 μm, still more preferably 10 to 70 μm.
(透湿度)
 上記積層体の透湿度は、JIS Z-0208の記載を基に、40℃、相対湿度90%の条件において測定される。
 本発明の積層体の透湿度は、1600g/m/day以下であることが好ましく、1000g/m/day以下であることがより好ましく、600g/m/day以下であることが更に好ましく、200g/m/day以下であることが特に好ましい。積層体の透湿度を上記範囲に制御することで、本発明の積層体を搭載した液晶表示装置の常温、高湿及び高温高湿環境経時後の、液晶セルの反りや、黒表示時の表示ムラを抑制できる。
(Moisture permeability)
The moisture permeability of the laminate is measured under the conditions of 40 ° C. and 90% relative humidity based on the description of JIS Z-0208.
Moisture permeability of the laminate of the present invention is preferably not more than 1600g / m 2 / day, more preferably not more than 1000g / m 2 / day, more preferably at most 600g / m 2 / day , 200 g / m 2 / day or less is particularly preferable. By controlling the moisture permeability of the laminated body within the above range, the liquid crystal display device mounted with the laminated body of the present invention is warped at normal temperature, high humidity, and high temperature and high humidity, and displayed during black display. Unevenness can be suppressed.
(含水率)
 上記積層体の含水率(平衡含水率)は、偏光板の保護フィルムとして用いる際、ポリビニルアルコールなどの親水性熱可塑性樹脂との接着性を損なわないために、膜厚に関わらず、25℃、相対湿度80%における含水率が、0質量%以上4質量%未満であることが好ましい。0~2.5質量%であることがより好ましく、0~1.5質量%であることが更に好ましい。平衡含水率が4質量%未満であれば、レターデーションの湿度変化による依存性が大きくなり過ぎず、液晶表示装置の常温、高湿及び高温高湿環境経時後の黒表示時の表示ムラを抑止の点からも好ましい。
 含水率の測定法は、フィルム試料7mm×35mmを水分測定器、試料乾燥装置「CA-03」及び「VA-05」(ともに三菱化学社製)を用いてカールフィッシャー法で測定することができる。含水率は水分量(g)を試料質量(g)で除して算出できる。
(Moisture content)
The moisture content of the laminate (equilibrium moisture content) is 25 ° C., regardless of the film thickness, so as not to impair the adhesion with a hydrophilic thermoplastic resin such as polyvinyl alcohol when used as a protective film for a polarizing plate. The water content at a relative humidity of 80% is preferably 0% by mass or more and less than 4% by mass. The content is more preferably 0 to 2.5% by mass, and still more preferably 0 to 1.5% by mass. If the equilibrium moisture content is less than 4% by mass, the dependence of retardation on humidity changes does not become too great, and the display unevenness of the liquid crystal display device at the time of black display after normal temperature, high humidity and high temperature and high humidity environment is suppressed. This is also preferable.
The moisture content can be measured by a Karl Fischer method using a film sample 7 mm × 35 mm using a moisture measuring device and sample drying apparatuses “CA-03” and “VA-05” (both manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation). . The moisture content can be calculated by dividing the moisture content (g) by the sample mass (g).
[偏光板]
 本発明の偏光板は、偏光子と、この偏光子の保護フィルムとして本発明の積層体を少なくとも1枚含む。一般的には、偏光子の両面を偏光板保護フィルムで挟み両面を保護した偏光板が広く用いられている。
[Polarizer]
The polarizing plate of the present invention includes a polarizer and at least one laminate of the present invention as a protective film for the polarizer. In general, a polarizing plate in which both surfaces of a polarizer are sandwiched between polarizing plate protective films to protect both surfaces is widely used.
 偏光子としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコールフィルムをヨウ素溶液中に浸漬して延伸したもの等を用いることができる。ポリビニルアルコールフィルムをヨウ素溶液中に浸漬して延伸した偏光子を用いる場合、例えば、接着剤を用いて偏光子の少なくとも一方の面に、上記積層体におけるセルロースエステル層の鹸化処理面を貼り合わせることができる。 As the polarizer, for example, a film obtained by immersing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film in an iodine solution can be used. When using a polarizer obtained by immersing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film in an iodine solution, for example, the saponification surface of the cellulose ester layer in the laminate is bonded to at least one surface of the polarizer using an adhesive. Can do.
 本発明の積層体は、偏光板保護フィルムとして用いることができる。偏光板保護フィルムとして用いる場合、本発明の偏光板の作製方法は特に限定されず、一般的な方法に準じて作製することができる。例えば、本発明の積層体をアルカリ処理し、ポリビニルアルコールフィルムを沃素溶液中に浸漬延伸して作製した偏光子の両面に完全ケン化ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を用いて貼り合わせる方法がある。アルカリ処理の代わりに特開平6-94915号公報又は特開平6-118232号公報に記載されているような易接着加工を施してもよい。またその他の表面処理を行うこともできる。その他の表面処理としては、例えば、コロナ放電、グロー放電、紫外線(UV)照射、火炎処理等の方法が挙げられる。
 積層体がセルロースエステル層の片面に密着性ポリマー層が設けられた形態である場合、上記積層体の偏光子との貼合面は、密着性ポリマー層の側でもよいし、セルロースエステル層の側でも良い。偏光子と積層体との密着性を高める観点から、セルロースエステル層の側を偏光子と直接貼合することが好ましい。
The laminate of the present invention can be used as a polarizing plate protective film. When using as a polarizing plate protective film, the preparation method of the polarizing plate of this invention is not specifically limited, It can produce according to a general method. For example, there is a method in which the laminate of the present invention is treated with an alkali and bonded to both surfaces of a polarizer produced by immersing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film in an iodine solution using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution. Instead of alkali treatment, easy adhesion processing as described in JP-A-6-94915 or JP-A-6-118232 may be applied. Other surface treatments can also be performed. Examples of other surface treatments include methods such as corona discharge, glow discharge, ultraviolet (UV) irradiation, and flame treatment.
When the laminate has a form in which an adhesive polymer layer is provided on one side of the cellulose ester layer, the laminate surface of the laminate with the polarizer may be on the adhesive polymer layer side, or on the cellulose ester layer side. But it ’s okay. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion between the polarizer and the laminate, it is preferable to directly bond the cellulose ester layer side to the polarizer.
 本発明の積層体の偏光子への貼り合せは、偏光子の透過軸と本発明の積層体の遅相軸が平行、直交又は45°となるように貼り合せることが好ましい。遅相軸の測定は、公知の種々の方法で測定することができ、例えば、複屈折計(KOBRADH、王子計測機器(株)製)を用いて行うことができる。
 ここで、平行、直交又は45°については、本発明が属する技術分野において許容される誤差の範囲を含む。例えば、それぞれ平行、直交及び45°に関する厳密な角度から±10°の範囲内であることを意味し、厳密な角度との誤差は、±5°の範囲内が好ましく、±3°の範囲内がより好ましい。
 偏光子の透過軸と本発明の積層体の遅相軸についての平行とは、本発明の積層体の主屈折率nxの方向と偏光子の透過軸の方向とが±10°の角度で交わっていることを意味する。この角度は、±5°の範囲内が好ましく、より好ましくは±3°の範囲内、更に好ましくは±1°の範囲内、最も好ましくは±0.5°の範囲内である。
 また、偏光子の透過軸と本発明の積層体の遅相軸についての直交とは、本発明の積層体の主屈折率nxの方向と偏光子の透過軸の方向とが90°±10°の範囲内の角度で交わっていることを意味する。この角度は、好ましくは90°±5°の範囲内、より好ましくは90°±3°の範囲内、更に好ましくは90°±1°の範囲内、最も好ましくは90°±0.1°の範囲内である。上述のような範囲であれば、偏光板クロスニコル下における偏光度性能の低下が抑制され、光抜けが低減され好ましい。
The lamination of the laminate of the present invention is preferably bonded to the polarizer so that the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the laminate of the present invention are parallel, orthogonal or 45 °. The slow axis can be measured by various known methods, for example, using a birefringence meter (KOBRADH, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments).
Here, parallel, orthogonal, or 45 ° includes a range of errors allowed in the technical field to which the present invention belongs. For example, it means that it is within a range of ± 10 ° from a strict angle with respect to parallel, orthogonal and 45 °, respectively, and the error from the strict angle is preferably within a range of ± 5 °, and within a range of ± 3 °. Is more preferable.
The parallel of the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the laminate of the present invention means that the direction of the main refractive index nx of the laminate of the present invention and the direction of the transmission axis of the polarizer intersect at an angle of ± 10 °. Means that This angle is preferably within a range of ± 5 °, more preferably within a range of ± 3 °, further preferably within a range of ± 1 °, and most preferably within a range of ± 0.5 °.
Further, the orthogonality of the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the laminate of the present invention means that the direction of the main refractive index nx of the laminate of the present invention and the direction of the transmission axis of the polarizer are 90 ° ± 10 °. It means that they intersect at an angle within the range of. This angle is preferably in the range of 90 ° ± 5 °, more preferably in the range of 90 ° ± 3 °, even more preferably in the range of 90 ° ± 1 °, most preferably 90 ° ± 0.1 °. Within range. If it is the above ranges, the fall of the polarization degree performance under polarizing plate cross Nicol will be suppressed, and light omission will be reduced and it is preferable.
 偏光板保護フィルムと偏光子とを貼り合わせるのに使用される接着剤としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール又はポリビニルアセタール(例えば、ポリビニルブチラール)の水溶液、ビニル系ポリマー(例えば、ポリブチルアクリレート)のラテックス、紫外線硬化型の接着剤等が挙げられる。特に好ましい接着剤は、完全鹸化ポリビニルアルコールの水溶液である。 Although it does not specifically limit as an adhesive agent used for bonding a polarizing plate protective film and a polarizer, For example, the aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol or polyvinyl acetal (for example, polyvinyl butyral), vinyl polymer (for example, polybutyl) Acrylate) latex, UV curable adhesive, and the like. A particularly preferred adhesive is an aqueous solution of fully saponified polyvinyl alcohol.
 偏光板は偏光子及びその両面を保護する保護フィルムで構成されており、保護フィルムの少なくとも1枚を、本発明の積層体とすることが好ましい。本発明の偏光板は、偏光板保護フィルムとして本発明の積層体を備えている。したがって、偏光子の劣化が効果的に防止され、高い偏光子耐久性を示す。更にこの偏光板は表面にセパレートフィルムを貼合して構成されることも好ましい。セパレートフィルムは偏光板出荷時、製品検査時等において偏光板を保護する目的で用いられる。セパレートフィルムは液晶板へ貼合する接着層をカバーする目的で用いられ、偏光板を液晶板へ貼合する面側に用いられる。 The polarizing plate is composed of a polarizer and protective films protecting both surfaces thereof, and at least one of the protective films is preferably a laminate of the present invention. The polarizing plate of the present invention includes the laminate of the present invention as a polarizing plate protective film. Therefore, deterioration of the polarizer is effectively prevented, and high polarizer durability is exhibited. Furthermore, it is also preferable that this polarizing plate is constituted by laminating a separate film on the surface. The separate film is used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate at the time of shipping the polarizing plate and at the time of product inspection. The separate film is used for the purpose of covering the adhesive layer to be bonded to the liquid crystal plate, and is used on the surface side of the polarizing plate to be bonded to the liquid crystal plate.
 本発明の偏光板は、下記の物性ないし特性を有することが好ましい。
(直交透過率CT)
 本発明の偏光板は、波長410nmの直交透過率CTの値が、CT≦2.0(単位はいずれも%)であることが好ましく、CT≦1.3であることがより好ましく、CT≦0.6であることが更に好ましく、CT≦0.05であることが特に好ましい。波長410nmの直交透過率が低いほど、波長410nm付近での光漏れが少なくなる。これに対し、波長410nmの直交透過率が高いほど波長410nm付近での光漏れが多くなって、ディスプレイの黒表示が青みを呈するようになる。したがって、直交透過率が低いことは、偏光性能が良好であることを意味する。色再現性等の変更性能の点で、波長410nmの直交透過率が低いことが好ましい。直交透過率は、例えば、自動偏光フィルム測定装置:VAP-7070(日本分光社製)を用いて、測定することができる。
The polarizing plate of the present invention preferably has the following physical properties or characteristics.
(Orthogonal transmittance CT)
In the polarizing plate of the present invention, the value of the orthogonal transmittance CT at a wavelength of 410 nm is preferably CT ≦ 2.0 (all units are%), more preferably CT ≦ 1.3, and CT ≦ More preferably, 0.6, and particularly preferably CT ≦ 0.05. The lower the orthogonal transmittance at a wavelength of 410 nm, the less light leakage near the wavelength of 410 nm. On the other hand, the higher the orthogonal transmittance at the wavelength of 410 nm, the more light leaks around the wavelength of 410 nm, and the black display on the display becomes blue. Therefore, a low orthogonal transmittance means that the polarization performance is good. From the viewpoint of changing performance such as color reproducibility, the orthogonal transmittance at a wavelength of 410 nm is preferably low. The orthogonal transmittance can be measured using, for example, an automatic polarizing film measuring apparatus: VAP-7070 (manufactured by JASCO Corporation).
(直交透過率変化量)
 本発明の偏光板は、耐久性、より詳しくは、高温高湿条件下に長時間おかれた場合においても偏光板性能の劣化抑制に優れる。耐久性の評価の指標としては、偏光板が高温高湿下に所定期間おかれた前後の上記直交透過率の変化量を用いることができる。例えば、80℃、相対湿度85%の環境下に500時間放置したときの波長410nmの直交透過率の変化量[変化量=(放置後の直交透過率(%))-(放置前の直交透過率(%))]が0.05%以下であることが好ましく、変化量が0.03%以下であることがより好ましく、変化量がゼロ以下であることが更に好ましく、変化量が負の値、即ち放置後の直交透過率が放置前の直交透過率よりも小さくなることが特に好ましい。これは、高温高湿下での静置中に、偏光性能が向上したことを意味する。本発明では、高温高湿下での偏光性能低下を防ぐことに加えて、偏光性能を向上させることも可能である。
(Orthogonal transmittance change)
The polarizing plate of the present invention is excellent in durability, more specifically, in suppressing deterioration of polarizing plate performance even when left for a long time under high temperature and high humidity conditions. As an index for evaluating durability, the amount of change in the orthogonal transmittance before and after the polarizing plate is placed under high temperature and high humidity for a predetermined period can be used. For example, the amount of change in orthogonal transmittance at a wavelength of 410 nm when left in an environment of 80 ° C. and relative humidity of 85% for 500 hours [change amount = (orthogonal transmittance after standing (%)) − (orthogonal transmittance before standing) Rate (%))] is preferably 0.05% or less, more preferably the change amount is 0.03% or less, still more preferably the change amount is zero or less, and the change amount is negative. It is particularly preferable that the value, that is, the orthogonal transmittance after being left is smaller than the orthogonal transmittance before being left. This means that the polarization performance has improved during standing at high temperature and high humidity. In the present invention, in addition to preventing deterioration of polarization performance under high temperature and high humidity, it is also possible to improve polarization performance.
 本発明において、直交透過率は、10回の測定したときの平均値を用いる。また、直交透過率の変化量は、上記の放置前及び放置後に、それぞれ10回測定を行い得られた平均値の差分として、求められる。 In the present invention, the orthogonal transmittance uses an average value when measured 10 times. Further, the amount of change in the orthogonal transmittance is obtained as the difference between the average values obtained by performing the measurement 10 times before and after leaving.
(その他の特性)
 本発明の偏光板のその他の好ましい光学特性等については、特開2007-086748号公報の段落番号[0238]~[0255]に記載されており、これらの特性を満たすことが好ましい。
(Other characteristics)
Other preferable optical characteristics of the polarizing plate of the present invention are described in paragraph numbers [0238] to [0255] of JP-A-2007-086748, and it is preferable to satisfy these characteristics.
[画像表示装置]
 本発明の偏光板は画像表示装置用途として好ましく用いられる。かかる画像表示装置として、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置が挙げられる。有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置に用いる場合、例えば反射防止用途に用いられる。なかでも本発明の偏光板は液晶表示装置に好適に用いられる。
<液晶表示装置>
 本発明の画像表示装置としての一実施形態である液晶表示装置は、液晶セルと、この液晶セルの少なくとも一方に配置された本発明の偏光板とを含む。
[Image display device]
The polarizing plate of the present invention is preferably used for an image display device. Examples of such an image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device. When used for an organic electroluminescence display device, for example, it is used for antireflection applications. Especially, the polarizing plate of this invention is used suitably for a liquid crystal display device.
<Liquid crystal display device>
The liquid crystal display device which is one embodiment as the image display device of the present invention includes a liquid crystal cell and the polarizing plate of the present invention disposed in at least one of the liquid crystal cells.
 本発明の画像表示装置としての一実施形態である液晶表示装置は、二枚の電極基板の間に液晶を担持してなる液晶セルと、その両側に配置された二枚の偏光板と、必要に応じて上述の液晶セルと偏光板との間に少なくとも一枚の光学補償フィルムとを、有している。
 上記液晶表示装置の好ましい実施形態について説明する。
A liquid crystal display device as an embodiment of the image display device of the present invention includes a liquid crystal cell in which liquid crystal is supported between two electrode substrates, two polarizing plates disposed on both sides thereof, and Accordingly, at least one optical compensation film is provided between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing plate.
A preferred embodiment of the liquid crystal display device will be described.
 図2は、上記液晶表示装置の一実施形態を示す概略図である。図2において、液晶表示装置20は、液晶層24とこの両表面側(図2において上下という)に配置された第1(液晶セル上)電極基板23及び第2(液晶セル下)電極基板25とを有する液晶セル、液晶セルの両側に配置された第1(上側)偏光板21及び第2(下側)偏光板26を有する。液晶セルと各偏光板との間にカラーフィルターを配置してもよい。液晶表示装置20を透過型として使用する場合は、冷陰極あるいは熱陰極蛍光管、あるいは発光ダイオード、フィールドエミッション素子、エレクトロルミネッセント素子を光源とするバックライトを背面に配置する。液晶セルの基板は、一般に50μm~2mmの厚さを有する。
 第1偏光板21及び第2偏光板26は、図示しないが、通常は、それぞれ2枚の偏光板保護フィルムで偏光子を挟むように積層した構成を有している。本発明の液晶表示装置20は、少なくとも一方の偏光板が本発明の偏光板であることが好ましい。また、2枚の偏光板のうち、第1偏光板21(視認側偏光板)の偏光板保護フィルムとして本発明の積層体を配置した上で、更に第2偏光板26(バックライト側偏光板)の偏光板保護フィルムとして本発明の積層体を配置することも好ましい。これにより、2枚の偏光板に含まれる偏光子の伸縮を抑止し、パネルの反りを防止するができる。本発明の液晶表示装置20は、装置の外側(液晶セルから遠い側)から、偏光板保護フィルムとしての本発明の積層体、偏光子、一般の透明保護フィルムの順序で積層することも好ましい。
FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an embodiment of the liquid crystal display device. In FIG. 2, the liquid crystal display device 20 includes a liquid crystal layer 24 and a first (upper liquid crystal cell) electrode substrate 23 and a second (lower liquid crystal cell) electrode substrate 25 arranged on both surface sides (referred to as upper and lower sides in FIG. 2). A first (upper) polarizing plate 21 and a second (lower) polarizing plate 26 disposed on both sides of the liquid crystal cell. A color filter may be disposed between the liquid crystal cell and each polarizing plate. When the liquid crystal display device 20 is used as a transmission type, a cold cathode or hot cathode fluorescent tube, or a backlight having a light emitting diode, field emission element, or electroluminescent element as a light source is disposed on the back surface. The substrate of the liquid crystal cell generally has a thickness of 50 μm to 2 mm.
Although not shown, the first polarizing plate 21 and the second polarizing plate 26 usually have a configuration in which a polarizer is sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films. In the liquid crystal display device 20 of the present invention, it is preferable that at least one polarizing plate is the polarizing plate of the present invention. Moreover, after arrange | positioning the laminated body of this invention as a polarizing plate protective film of the 1st polarizing plate 21 (viewing side polarizing plate) among two polarizing plates, it is further the 2nd polarizing plate 26 (backlight side polarizing plate). It is also preferable to arrange the laminate of the present invention as a polarizing plate protective film. Thereby, expansion / contraction of the polarizer contained in two polarizing plates can be suppressed, and the curvature of a panel can be prevented. The liquid crystal display device 20 of the present invention is preferably laminated in the order of the laminate of the present invention as a polarizing plate protective film, a polarizer, and a general transparent protective film from the outside of the device (the side far from the liquid crystal cell).
 液晶セルの液晶層24は、通常、二枚の基板の間にスペーサーを挟み込んで形成した空間に液晶が封入されて、形成されている。透明電極層は、導電性物質を含む透明な膜として基板上に形成される。これにより、基板と透明電極層とを備えた電極基板となる。液晶セルには、更にガスバリアー層、ハードコート層又は(透明電極層の接着に用いる)アンダーコート層(下塗り層)を設けてもよい。これらの層は、通常、基板上に設けられる。 The liquid crystal layer 24 of the liquid crystal cell is usually formed by sealing liquid crystal in a space formed by sandwiching a spacer between two substrates. The transparent electrode layer is formed on the substrate as a transparent film containing a conductive substance. Thereby, it becomes an electrode substrate provided with the substrate and the transparent electrode layer. The liquid crystal cell may further be provided with a gas barrier layer, a hard coat layer, or an undercoat layer (undercoat layer) (used for adhesion of the transparent electrode layer). These layers are usually provided on the substrate.
 本発明の積層体は、液晶表示装置の光学補償フィルムとしても好ましく用いることもできる。この場合、液晶表示装置が、二枚の電極基板の間に液晶を担持してなる液晶セル、その両側に配置された二枚の偏光子、及び上述の液晶セルと偏光子との間に少なくとも一枚の本発明の積層体を光学補償フィルムとして配置した構成であることが更に好ましい。 The laminate of the present invention can also be preferably used as an optical compensation film for liquid crystal display devices. In this case, the liquid crystal display device has a liquid crystal cell in which liquid crystal is supported between two electrode substrates, two polarizers disposed on both sides thereof, and at least between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer described above. It is more preferable that the laminate of the present invention is arranged as an optical compensation film.
(液晶表示装置の種類)
 本発明のセルロースエステルフィルムは、様々な表示モードの液晶セルに用いることができる。TN(Twisted Nematic)、IPS(In-PlaneSwitching)、FLC(Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal)、AFLC(Anti-ferroelectric Liquid Crystal)、OCB(Optically Compensatory Bend)、STN(Super Twisted Nematic)、VA(Vertically Aligned)、ECB(Electrically Controlled Birefringence)、及びHAN(Hybrid Aligned Nematic)のような様々な表示モードが提案されている。また、上記表示モードを配向分割した表示モードも提案されている。本発明のセルロースエステルは、いずれの表示モードの液晶表示装置にも好適に用いることができる。また、透過型、反射型、半透過型のいずれの液晶表示装置にも好適に用いることができる。
(Types of liquid crystal display devices)
The cellulose ester film of the present invention can be used for liquid crystal cells in various display modes. TN (Twisted Nematic), IPS (In-Plane Switching), FLC (Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal), AFLC (Anti-Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal), OCB (Optically LilyCryBTS). Various display modes such as (Electrically Controlled Birefringence) and HAN (Hybrid Aligned Nematic) have been proposed. In addition, a display mode in which the above display mode is oriented and divided has been proposed. The cellulose ester of the present invention can be suitably used for a liquid crystal display device in any display mode. Further, it can be suitably used for any liquid crystal display device of a transmissive type, a reflective type, and a transflective type.
 本発明を実施例に基づき更に詳細に説明するが、本発明は下記実施例に限定されない。 The present invention will be described in more detail based on examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
[合成例]
<合成例1:ポリマーP-1の合成>
 温度計、攪拌羽根及び還流環を備えた1Lの三つ口フラスコに、メチルエチルケトン75.0gを仕込み、窒素気流下、85℃で攪拌した。別途、300mL三角フラスコにスチレン(上記例示の繰り返し単位A-1を導く化合物(モノマー))133.5g、アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(上記例示の繰り返し単位B-1を導くモノマー)16.5g、ジメチル2,2’-アゾビスイソブチレート0.1g、及び、メチルエチルケトン75.0gを量りとり、これらを混合溶解させてモノマー組成物を調製した。
 次に、上記85℃に攪拌したメチルエチルケトン中に、上記モノマー組成物を、1.1mL/minの速度で滴下した。滴下にはケミカルポンプを使用した。滴下終了後の反応溶液を、更に85℃で6時間反応させ、反応終了後、反応溶液を室温(25℃)まで放冷し、メチルエチルケトン500mLで希釈し、メタノール5Lで再沈殿させて白色沈殿を得た。得られた白色沈殿をろ別した後、メタノール2Lで再分散洗浄を3回繰り返し、60℃で終夜乾燥することで目的のポリマーP-1を91.0g得た。
[Synthesis example]
<Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Polymer P-1>
Into a 1 L three-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirring blade and a reflux ring, 75.0 g of methyl ethyl ketone was charged and stirred at 85 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. Separately, in a 300 mL Erlenmeyer flask, 133.5 g of styrene (a compound that leads to repeating unit A-1 exemplified above), 16.5 g of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (a monomer that leads to repeating unit B-1 exemplified above), A monomer composition was prepared by measuring 0.1 g of dimethyl 2,2′-azobisisobutyrate and 75.0 g of methyl ethyl ketone and mixing and dissolving them.
Next, the monomer composition was dropped into methyl ethyl ketone stirred at 85 ° C. at a rate of 1.1 mL / min. A chemical pump was used for dripping. The reaction solution after completion of the addition was further reacted at 85 ° C. for 6 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature (25 ° C.), diluted with 500 mL of methyl ethyl ketone, and reprecipitated with 5 L of methanol to form a white precipitate. Obtained. The obtained white precipitate was filtered off, redispersed and washed with 2 L of methanol three times, and dried at 60 ° C. overnight to obtain 91.0 g of the target polymer P-1.
<合成例2~22:ポリマーP-2~P-22の合成>
 上記合成例1において、下記表1に示すように、繰り返し単位を導くモノマー又はその仕込み比を変更し、又は、重合開始剤の使用量を適宜に変更したこと以外は、上記合成例1と同様にして、ポリマーP-2~P-22を合成した。
 なお、下記表1中、繰り返し単位の「構造」のカラムに記載された番号は、上記で例示した繰り返し単位の番号に対応している(以下同様)。
<Synthesis Examples 2 to 22: Synthesis of Polymers P-2 to P-22>
In the synthesis example 1, as shown in the following Table 1, the same as the synthesis example 1 except that the monomer for introducing the repeating unit or the charging ratio thereof was changed or the amount of the polymerization initiator used was changed appropriately. Thus, polymers P-2 to P-22 were synthesized.
In Table 1 below, the numbers described in the “Structure” column of the repeating unit correspond to the numbers of the repeating unit exemplified above (the same applies hereinafter).
<比較合成例1及び2:比較ポリマーHP-1及びHP-2の合成>
 上記合成例1において、使用するモノマー種を下記表1に示す繰り返し単位を導くモノマーに変更したこと以外は合成例1と同様にして、比較ポリマーHP-1及びHP-2を得た。
<Comparative Synthesis Examples 1 and 2: Synthesis of Comparative Polymers HP-1 and HP-2>
Comparative Polymers HP-1 and HP-2 were obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the monomer type used in the Synthesis Example 1 was changed to a monomer that leads to the repeating unit shown in Table 1 below.
 上記各合成例及び比較合成例で得られたポリマーを構成する繰り返し単位の、Hoy法により算出される溶解度パラメータδtを下記表1に示す。
 また、上記各合成例及び比較合成例で得られたポリマー中の各繰り返し単位の含有量(モル%)についても下記表1に示す。ここで、ポリマー中の繰り返し単位の含有量は、核磁気共鳴(NMR)スペクトル測定装置(BRUKER社製、300MHz)を用いて、各ポリマーのH-NMRを測定して得られたチャートにおいて、積分値から、算出(同定)した。
 また、下記表1には上記各合成例及び比較合成例で得られたポリマーの重量平均分子量に示した。ポリマーの重量平均分子量は、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(Gel Permeation Chromatography;GPC)によりポリスチレン換算で測定される重量平均分子量を採用した。具体的な測定条件を以下に示す。
 GPC装置:東ソー社製GPC装置(HLC-8320GPC、Ecosec)
 カラム:TSK gel SuperHZM-H、TSK gel SuperHZ4000、TSK gel SuperHZ2000併用、(東ソー製、4.6mmID(内径)×15.0cm)
 溶離液:テトラヒドロフラン(THF)
 測定温度:40℃
 キャリア流量:1.0mL/min
 試料濃度:0.1質量%
 検出器:RI(屈折率)検出器
Table 1 below shows solubility parameters δt calculated by the Hoy method of the repeating units constituting the polymers obtained in the above synthesis examples and comparative synthesis examples.
Table 1 below also shows the content (mol%) of each repeating unit in the polymers obtained in the above synthesis examples and comparative synthesis examples. Here, the content of the repeating unit in the polymer is a chart obtained by measuring 1 H-NMR of each polymer using a nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectrum measurement apparatus (manufactured by BRUKER, 300 MHz). It was calculated (identified) from the integrated value.
Table 1 below shows the weight average molecular weights of the polymers obtained in the above synthesis examples and comparative synthesis examples. As the weight average molecular weight of the polymer, a weight average molecular weight measured in terms of polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) was adopted. Specific measurement conditions are shown below.
GPC equipment: GPC equipment manufactured by Tosoh Corporation (HLC-8320GPC, Ecosec)
Column: TSK gel SuperHZM-H, TSK gel SuperHZ4000, TSK gel SuperHZ2000 combined use (Tosoh, 4.6 mm ID (inner diameter) x 15.0 cm)
Eluent: Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
Measurement temperature: 40 ° C
Carrier flow rate: 1.0 mL / min
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI (refractive index) detector
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
[製造例1:積層体S-1~S-26及びHS-1及びHS-2の作製] [Production Example 1: Production of laminates S-1 to S-26 and HS-1 and HS-2]
<セルロースエステル層CA-1の作製>
 下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、加熱しながら攪拌して、各成分を溶解し、固形分濃度22質量%のセルロースアセテート溶液(ドープA)を調製した。
 
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
セルロースアセテート溶液(ドープA)の組成
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 アセチル置換度2.86のセルロースアセテート     100質量部
 トリフェニルホスフェート(可塑剤)          7.8質量部
 ビフェニルジフェニルホスフェート(可塑剤)      3.9質量部
 紫外線吸収剤(チヌビン328 チバ・ジャパン製)   0.9質量部
 紫外線吸収剤(チヌビン326 チバ・ジャパン製)   0.2質量部
 メチレンクロライド(第1溶媒)            336質量部
 メタノール(第2溶媒)                 29質量部
 1-ブタノール(第3溶媒)               11質量部
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 
<Preparation of cellulose ester layer CA-1>
The following composition was put into a mixing tank, stirred while heating to dissolve each component, and a cellulose acetate solution (dope A) having a solid content concentration of 22% by mass was prepared.

――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition of cellulose acetate solution (Dope A) ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Cellulose acetate with an acetyl substitution degree of 2.86 100 parts by weight Triphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) 7.8 parts by weight Biphenyl diphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) 3.9 parts by weight Ultraviolet absorber (Tinubin 328 manufactured by Ciba Japan) 0.9 Part by mass Ultraviolet absorber (manufactured by Tinuvin 326 Ciba Japan) 0.2 part by mass Methylene chloride (first solvent) 336 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 29 parts by mass 1-butanol (third solvent) 11 parts by mass ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 バンド流延装置を用い、上記調製したドープAを2000mm幅でステンレス製のエンドレスバンド(流延支持体)に流延ダイから均一に流延した。ドープA中の残留溶媒量が40質量%になった時点で流延支持体から高分子膜として剥離し、テンターにて積極的に延伸をせずに搬送し、乾燥ゾーンで130℃で乾燥を行った。得られたセルロースエステル層(セルロースエステルフィルム)CA-1の厚さは55μmであった。 Using a band casting apparatus, the prepared dope A was uniformly cast from a casting die onto a stainless steel endless band (casting support) having a width of 2000 mm. When the amount of residual solvent in the dope A reaches 40% by mass, it is peeled off as a polymer film from the casting support, and is conveyed without being actively stretched by a tenter and dried at 130 ° C. in a drying zone. went. The obtained cellulose ester layer (cellulose ester film) CA-1 had a thickness of 55 μm.
<セルロースエステル層CA-2の作製>
 バンド流延装置を用い、上記調製したドープAを2000mm幅でステンレス製のエンドレスバンド(流延支持体)に流延ダイから均一に流延した。ドープA中の残留溶媒量が40質量%になった時点で流延支持体から高分子膜として剥離し、渡り部で下流側のローラの回転速度を上流側のローラの回転速度より速くすることにより搬送方向の延伸を行い、温度170℃で搬送方向(MD)に1.2倍及びテンターで搬送方向の直交方向(TD方向)に1.5倍延伸し(延伸倍率は面積比で1.8倍)、乾燥ゾーンで130℃で乾燥を行った。得られたセルロースエステル層(セルロースエステルフィルム)CA-2の膜厚は40μmであった。
<Preparation of cellulose ester layer CA-2>
Using the band casting apparatus, the prepared dope A was uniformly cast from a casting die onto a stainless steel endless band (casting support) having a width of 2000 mm. When the residual solvent amount in the dope A reaches 40% by mass, the polymer film is peeled from the casting support, and the rotational speed of the downstream roller is made higher than the rotational speed of the upstream roller at the transition portion. Is stretched 1.2 times in the transport direction (MD) at a temperature of 170 ° C. and 1.5 times in the direction perpendicular to the transport direction (TD direction) with a tenter (stretch ratio is 1. 8 times), drying was performed at 130 ° C. in the drying zone. The film thickness of the obtained cellulose ester layer (cellulose ester film) CA-2 was 40 μm.
<セルロースエステル層CA-3の作製>
 下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、加熱しながら攪拌して、各成分を溶解し、固形分濃度22質量%のセルロースアセテート溶液(ドープB)を調製した。
 
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
セルロースアセテート溶液(ドープB)の組成
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 アセチル置換度2.87のセルロースアセテート     100質量部
 第一工業化学社製モノペット(登録商標)SB(可塑剤)
                            9.0質量部
 イーストマン・ケミカル社製SAIB-100(可塑剤) 3.0質量部
 紫外線吸収剤(下記UV-1)             2.0質量部
 メチレンクロライド(第1溶媒)          297.7質量部
 メタノール(第2溶媒)               75.4質量部
 1-ブタノール(第3溶媒)              3.8質量部
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 
<Preparation of cellulose ester layer CA-3>
The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred while heating to dissolve each component to prepare a cellulose acetate solution (dope B) having a solid content concentration of 22% by mass.

――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition of cellulose acetate solution (Dope B) ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Cellulose acetate with an acetyl substitution degree of 2.87 100 parts by mass Monopet (registered trademark) SB (plasticizer) manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Kagaku
9.0 parts by weight SAIB-100 (plasticizer) manufactured by Eastman Chemical Co., Ltd. 3.0 parts by weight UV absorber (UV-1 below) 2.0 parts by weight Methylene chloride (first solvent) 297.7 parts by weight Methanol (Second solvent) 75.4 parts by mass 1-butanol (third solvent) 3.8 parts by mass ――――――――――――――――――――――――――― ―――――――
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 バンド流延装置を用い、上記調製したドープBを2000mm幅でステンレス製のエンドレスバンド(流延支持体)に流延ダイから均一に流延した。ドープB中の残留溶媒量が40質量%になった時点で流延支持体から高分子膜として剥離し、テンターにて積極的に延伸をせずに搬送し、乾燥ゾーンで130℃で乾燥を行った。得られたセルロースエステル層(セルロースエステルフィルム)CA-3の厚さは55μmであった。 Using a band casting apparatus, the prepared dope B was uniformly cast from a casting die onto a stainless steel endless band (casting support) having a width of 2000 mm. When the amount of residual solvent in the dope B reaches 40% by mass, it is peeled off as a polymer film from the casting support, transported without being actively stretched by a tenter, and dried at 130 ° C. in a drying zone. went. The obtained cellulose ester layer (cellulose ester film) CA-3 had a thickness of 55 μm.
<セルロースエステル層CA-4の作製>
 下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、加熱しながら攪拌して、各成分を溶解し、固形分濃度22質量%のセルロースアセテート溶液(ドープC)を調製した。
 
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
セルロースアセテート溶液(ドープC)の組成
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 アセチル置換度2.87のセルロースアセテート     100質量部
 重縮合ポリマー(A)(可塑剤)           12.0質量部
 紫外線吸収剤(UV-1)               2.0質量部
 メチレンクロライド(第1溶媒)          297.7質量部
 メタノール(第2溶媒)               75.4質量部
 1-ブタノール(第3溶媒)              3.8質量部
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 
<Preparation of cellulose ester layer CA-4>
The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred while heating to dissolve each component to prepare a cellulose acetate solution (dope C) having a solid content concentration of 22% by mass.

――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition of cellulose acetate solution (Dope C) ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Cellulose acetate with an acetyl substitution degree of 2.87 100 parts by weight Polycondensation polymer (A) (plasticizer) 12.0 parts by weight UV absorber (UV-1) 2.0 parts by weight Methylene chloride (first solvent) 297.7 Part by mass Methanol (second solvent) 75.4 parts by mass 1-butanol (third solvent) 3.8 parts by mass ――――――――――――――――――――――― ――――――――――
 重縮合ポリマー(A):アジピン酸とエタンジオールからなるポリエステル(末端はヒドロキシ基)(数平均分子量=1000) Polycondensation polymer (A): Polyester composed of adipic acid and ethanediol (terminal is a hydroxy group) (number average molecular weight = 1000)
 バンド流延装置を用い、上記調製したドープCを2000mm幅でステンレス製のエンドレスバンド(流延支持体)に流延ダイから均一に流延した。ドープC中の残留溶媒量が40質量%になった時点で流延支持体から高分子膜として剥離し、テンターにて積極的に延伸をせずに搬送し、乾燥ゾーンで130℃で乾燥を行った。得られたセルロースエステル層(セルロースエステルフィルム)CA-4の厚さは55μmであった。 Using a band casting apparatus, the prepared dope C was uniformly cast from a casting die onto a stainless steel endless band (casting support) having a width of 2000 mm. When the amount of residual solvent in the dope C reaches 40% by mass, it is peeled off as a polymer film from the casting support, and conveyed without being actively stretched by a tenter and dried at 130 ° C. in a drying zone. went. The obtained cellulose ester layer (cellulose ester film) CA-4 had a thickness of 55 μm.
<セルロースエステル層CA-5の作製>
 上記セルロースエステル層CA-3の作製において、下記バルビツール酸化合物(1)を4.0質量部加えた以外は上記セルロースエステル層CA-3の作製と同様にして、厚さ55μmのセルロースエステル層(セルロースエステルフィルム)CA-5を得た。
<Preparation of cellulose ester layer CA-5>
In the production of the cellulose ester layer CA-3, a cellulose ester layer having a thickness of 55 μm was prepared in the same manner as in the production of the cellulose ester layer CA-3 except that 4.0 parts by mass of the following barbituric acid compound (1) was added. (Cellulose ester film) CA-5 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 上記バルビツール酸化合物(1)は、国際公開第2015/005398号に記載のバルビツール酸化合物(例示化合物A-3)であり、同公報記載の方法で合成した。 The barbituric acid compound (1) is a barbituric acid compound (Exemplary Compound A-3) described in International Publication No. 2015/005398, and was synthesized by the method described in the publication.
<積層体S-1の作製>
 上記ポリマーP-1を固形分15質量%となるようにメチルエチルケトンと混合した後、攪拌機をつけたガラス製セパラブルフラスコに仕込み、室温にて5時間攪拌後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製デプスフィルターでろ過し、密着性ポリマー形成用組成物を得た。次に、上記で作製したセルロースエステル層CA-1上に、上記密着性ポリマー形成用組成物を、グラビアコーターを用いて塗布した。次いで、25℃で1分間乾燥し、更に120℃で約5分間乾燥して、膜厚60μmの積層体S-1を得た。
<Preparation of laminate S-1>
The polymer P-1 was mixed with methyl ethyl ketone so as to have a solid content of 15% by mass, charged into a glass separable flask equipped with a stirrer, stirred at room temperature for 5 hours, and filtered through a polypropylene depth filter having a pore size of 5 μm. Thus, an adhesive polymer forming composition was obtained. Next, the adhesive polymer-forming composition was applied onto the cellulose ester layer CA-1 produced above using a gravure coater. Subsequently, it was dried at 25 ° C. for 1 minute, and further dried at 120 ° C. for about 5 minutes to obtain a laminate S-1 having a film thickness of 60 μm.
<積層体S-2~S-26及び比較積層体HS-1、HS-2の作製>
 上記積層体S-1の作製において、密着性ポリマー形成用組成物に用いるポリマーP-1を下記表2に示す通りに変更し、またセルロースエステル層を下記表2に示す通りとした以外は、上記積層体S-1の作製と同様にして、積層体S-2~S-26及び比較積層体HS-1、HS-2を作製した。得られた積層体の厚さはいずれも60μmであった。
<Preparation of Laminates S-2 to S-26 and Comparative Laminates HS-1 and HS-2>
In the production of the laminate S-1, the polymer P-1 used in the adhesive polymer forming composition was changed as shown in Table 2 below, and the cellulose ester layer was changed as shown in Table 2 below. In the same manner as in the production of the laminated body S-1, laminated bodies S-2 to S-26 and comparative laminated bodies HS-1 and HS-2 were produced. The thicknesses of the obtained laminates were all 60 μm.
<積層体の評価>
 作製した各積層体について、その含水率及び密着性を下記方法により評価した。その結果を表2に示す。
<Evaluation of laminate>
About each produced laminated body, the moisture content and adhesiveness were evaluated by the following method. The results are shown in Table 2.
(1)積層体の含水率(25℃、80%相対湿度での含水率)測定
 作製した各積層体を、温度25℃で相対湿度80%の環境下に、24時間おいた後に、下記方法により、含水率を測定した。
 含水率の測定法は、各積層体を7mm×35mmに切り出した試料を、水分測定器:CA-03及び試料乾燥装置:VA-05(共に三菱化学社製)にて、カールフィッシャー法で測定した。測定された水分量(g)を試料質量(g)で除して、含水率を算出し、この含水率を下記評価基準により、評価した。
 本試験において、含水率は、下記4段階評価の内、評価A~Cが合格レベルであり、A及びBが好ましく、Aがより好ましい。
(1) Measurement of moisture content of laminate (water content at 25 ° C. and 80% relative humidity) After each laminate was placed in an environment of 80% relative humidity at a temperature of 25 ° C. for 24 hours, the following method was used. Thus, the moisture content was measured.
The moisture content was measured using a Karl Fischer method with a sample obtained by cutting each laminate into 7 mm x 35 mm with a moisture measuring device: CA-03 and a sample drying device: VA-05 (both manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation). did. The measured moisture content (g) was divided by the sample mass (g) to calculate the moisture content, and this moisture content was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
In this test, the moisture content is evaluated as A to C among the following four-stage evaluation, A and B are preferable, and A is more preferable.
 A :含水率が1.0%以上1.5%未満である
 B :含水率が1.5%以上2.5%未満である
 C :含水率が2.5%以上4.0%未満である
 D :含水率が4.0%以上である
A: Moisture content is 1.0% or more and less than 1.5% B: Moisture content is 1.5% or more and less than 2.5% C: Moisture content is 2.5% or more and less than 4.0% D: The water content is 4.0% or more
(2)積層体の密着性試験
 ポリマーを含有する層とセルロースアセテートを含有する層との密着性の評価方法は、JIS K 5400に準処した碁盤目試験(クロスカット法)を適用した。具体的な手順を以下に示す。
 作製した各積層体において、密着性ポリマー層側の表面に、カッターナイフ及びカッターガイドを用いて、1mm間隔で11本の切り込みを入れ、100個の碁盤目を作製した。この碁盤目上にセロハンテープ(登録商標)を強く圧着させた後、テープの端を表面に対して45°の角度で一気に剥がし、碁盤目の状態(碁盤目を構成する格子の剥がれの状態)を観察した。観察結果を下記評価基準(100個の格子の目に対する、剥がれた格子の目の割合(%))に当てはめて評価した。
 本試験において、下記4段階評価の内、評価A~Cが合格レベルであり、評価A及びBが好ましく、評価Aが特に好ましい。
(2) Adhesion test of laminated body As a method for evaluating the adhesion between a layer containing a polymer and a layer containing cellulose acetate, a cross-cut test (cross-cut method) according to JIS K 5400 was applied. The specific procedure is shown below.
In each of the produced laminates, 11 cuts were made at intervals of 1 mm on the surface on the adhesive polymer layer side using a cutter knife and a cutter guide to produce 100 grids. After cellophane tape (registered trademark) is strongly pressure-bonded on this grid, the end of the tape is peeled off at an angle of 45 ° with respect to the surface, and the grid is in a state of peeling (the state of the grid constituting the grid) Was observed. The observation results were evaluated by applying the following evaluation criteria (the ratio (%) of peeled lattice eyes to 100 lattice eyes).
In this test, among the following four-stage evaluations, evaluations A to C are acceptable levels, evaluations A and B are preferable, and evaluation A is particularly preferable.
 A:どの格子の目も剥がれない
 B:格子の目の剥がれが5%未満である
 C:格子の目の剥がれが5%以上30%未満である
 D:格子の目の剥がれが30%以上である
A: None of the lattice eyes peel off B: The lattice eye separation is less than 5% C: The lattice eye separation is 5% or more and less than 30% D: The lattice eye separation is 30% or more is there
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
 表2の結果から、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位及び上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位を有する密着性ポリマーを含有する層を備えた積層体S-1~S-26は、いずれも、積層体として、含水率が小さく、層間の密着性に優れていたことが示された。
 これに対して、上記〔b〕の繰り返し単位を有しないポリマーHS-1を含有する層を備えた積層体HS-1は層間の密着性に劣るものであった。一方、上記〔a〕の繰り返し単位を有しないポリマーHS-2を含有する層を備えた積層体HS-2は含水率が大きかった。
From the results of Table 2, the laminates S-1 to S-26 each having a layer containing an adhesive polymer having the repeating unit [a] and the repeating unit [b] were all used as laminates. It was shown that the moisture content was small and the adhesion between the layers was excellent.
On the other hand, the laminate HS-1 having a layer containing the polymer HS-1 not having the repeating unit [b] was inferior in interlayer adhesion. On the other hand, the laminate HS-2 having a layer containing the polymer HS-2 having no repeating unit [a] had a high water content.
[製造例2:偏光板PL-1~PL-3、PL-5~PL-7、並びに、比較偏光板HPL-1及びHPL-2の作製]
 下記のようにして、偏光板PL-1~PL-3、PL-5~PL-7、並びに、比較偏光板HPL-1及びHPL-2をそれぞれ作製した。
<鹸化>
 市販のセルロースアシレートフィルム(フジタック ZRD40、富士フイルム社製)と、上記で作製した各種積層体S-1、S-6、S-7、S-24、S-25、S-26HS-1及びHS-2を、55℃に保った1.5mol/LのNaOH水溶液(鹸化液)に2分間浸漬した後、ZRD40及び各積層体を水洗した。次いで、ZRD40及び各積層体を、25℃の0.05mol/Lの硫酸水溶液に30秒浸漬した後、更に水洗浴を30秒流水下に通して、ZRD40及び各積層体を中性の状態にした。得られたZRD40及び各積層体に対し、エアナイフによる水切りを3回繰り返し、水を落とした後に70℃の乾燥ゾーンに15秒間滞留させて乾燥し、鹸化処理したZRD40及び各積層体を得た。
[Production Example 2: Preparation of polarizing plates PL-1 to PL-3, PL-5 to PL-7, and comparative polarizing plates HPL-1 and HPL-2]
In the following manner, polarizing plates PL-1 to PL-3, PL-5 to PL-7, and comparative polarizing plates HPL-1 and HPL-2 were prepared, respectively.
<Saponification>
Commercially available cellulose acylate film (Fujitack ZRD40, manufactured by Fuji Film) and the various laminates S-1, S-6, S-7, S-24, S-25, S-26HS-1 and HS-2 was immersed in a 1.5 mol / L NaOH aqueous solution (saponification solution) maintained at 55 ° C. for 2 minutes, and then the ZRD 40 and each laminate were washed with water. Next, after the ZRD 40 and each laminate were immersed in a 0.05 mol / L sulfuric acid aqueous solution at 25 ° C. for 30 seconds, the washing bath was further passed under running water for 30 seconds to bring the ZRD 40 and each laminate to a neutral state. did. The obtained ZRD40 and each laminate were repeatedly drained with an air knife three times, and after dropping water, they were retained in a drying zone at 70 ° C. for 15 seconds and dried to obtain a saponified ZRD40 and each laminate.
<偏光子の作製>
 特開2001-141926号公報の実施例1に従い、延伸したポリビニルアルコールフィルムにヨウ素を吸着させて膜厚27μmの偏光子を作製した。
<Production of polarizer>
According to Example 1 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-141926, iodine was adsorbed to a stretched polyvinyl alcohol film to prepare a polarizer having a thickness of 27 μm.
<貼り合わせ>
 上記の鹸化後の各積層体(各積層体の密着性ポリマー層を積層していない面(すなわちセルロースエステル層表面)を偏光子と接するように配置した)、上記で作製した偏光子、上記の鹸化後のセルロールアシレートフィルムZRD40をこの順番で、PVA系接着剤で貼合し、熱乾燥して、偏光板PL-1~PL-3及びPL-5~PL-7、並びに、HPL-1及びHPL-2をそれぞれ作製した。
 この際、作製した偏光子のロールの長手方向と、各積層体のセルロースエステル層のロールの長手方向とが平行になるように配置した。また、偏光子のロールの長手方向と上記セルロールアシレートフィルムZRD40のロールの長手方向とが、平行になるように配置した。
<Lamination>
Each of the laminates after saponification (the surface on which the adhesive polymer layer of each laminate is not laminated (that is, the surface of the cellulose ester layer) is placed in contact with the polarizer), the polarizer prepared above, The cellulose acylate film ZRD40 after saponification was bonded in this order with a PVA adhesive and thermally dried to obtain polarizing plates PL-1 to PL-3 and PL-5 to PL-7, and HPL- 1 and HPL-2 were produced respectively.
Under the present circumstances, it arrange | positioned so that the longitudinal direction of the roll of the produced polarizer and the longitudinal direction of the roll of the cellulose-ester layer of each laminated body may become parallel. Moreover, it arrange | positioned so that the longitudinal direction of the roll of a polarizer and the longitudinal direction of the roll of the said cell roll acylate film ZRD40 may become parallel.
 比較偏光板HPL-1は、偏光板加工時に、セルロースエステル層と密着性ポリマー層とが剥がれてしまい、作製できなかった。 Comparative polarizing plate HPL-1 could not be prepared because the cellulose ester layer and the adhesive polymer layer were peeled off during polarizing plate processing.
[製造例3:偏光板PL-4及びPL-8~PL-10の作製]
 下記のようにして偏光板PL-4及びPL-8~PL-10をそれぞれ作製した。
[Production Example 3: Production of polarizing plates PL-4 and PL-8 to PL-10]
Polarizer plates PL-4 and PL-8 to PL-10 were produced as follows.
<活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤組成物の調製>
 各成分を下記に示す組成で混合し、50℃で1時間撹拌して、活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤組成物を得た。
 
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤組成物の組成
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 ラジカル重合成化合物:東亜合成社製アロニックスM-220
                           20.0質量部
 興人社製N-ヒドロキシルアクリルアミド       40.0質量部
 興人社製アクロイルモルホリン            40.0質量部
 ラジカル重合開始剤:日本化薬社製KAYACURE DETX-S
                            0.5質量部
 ラジカル重合開始剤:BASF社製IRGACURE907
                            1.5質量部
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 
<Preparation of active energy ray-curable adhesive composition>
Each component was mixed by the composition shown below, and it stirred at 50 degreeC for 1 hour, and obtained the active energy ray hardening-type adhesive composition.

――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition of active energy ray-curable adhesive composition ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Radical polysynthetic compound: Aronix M-220 manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.
20.0 parts by mass N-hydroxylacrylamide 40.0 parts by mass Kojin Acroylmorpholine 40.0 parts by mass Radical polymerization initiator: KAYACURE DETX-S manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
0.5 parts by mass Radical polymerization initiator: IRGACURE907 manufactured by BASF
1.5 parts by mass ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
<偏光板PL-4及びPL-8~PL-10の作製>
 上記で作製した積層体S-6、S-24、S-25及びS-26の密着性ポリマー層側にコロナ処理を施した。コロナ処理を施した積層体の表面に、上記で調製した活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤組成物をMCDコーター(富士機械社製、セル形状:ハニカム、グラビアロール線数:1000本/INCH、回転速度140%/対ライン速)を用いて、厚み0.5μmになるように塗布した。
 また、別途、厚み40μmのシクロオレフィン系フィルム(JSR社製アートンG7810)を用意し、その表面に、コロナ処理を施した。このコロナ処理を施した表面に上記と同様にして活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤組成物を厚み0.5μmとなるように塗布した。
 続いて、上記各積層体の活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤組成物を塗布した面と、シクロオレフィン系フィルムの活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤組成物を塗布した面とを、上記製造例2で作製した偏光子の両面にそれぞれ貼り合わせて偏光板前駆体を作製した。その後、この偏光板前駆体の両面から、IRヒーターを用いて50℃に加温した。次いで、下記に示す活性エネルギー線を、偏光板前駆体の両面に照射して、上記活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤組成物を硬化させた。その後、70℃で3分間熱風乾燥して、偏光板PL-4、PL-8~PL-10をそれぞれ得た。
<Preparation of polarizing plates PL-4 and PL-8 to PL-10>
Corona treatment was performed on the adhesive polymer layer side of the laminates S-6, S-24, S-25, and S-26 produced above. On the surface of the laminate subjected to the corona treatment, the active energy ray-curable adhesive composition prepared above is applied to an MCD coater (manufactured by Fuji Machine Co., Ltd., cell shape: honeycomb, number of gravure roll wires: 1000 / INCH, rotation speed). 140% / vs. Line speed) was applied to a thickness of 0.5 μm.
Separately, a cycloolefin film having a thickness of 40 μm (Arton G7810 manufactured by JSR) was prepared, and the surface thereof was subjected to corona treatment. The active energy ray-curable adhesive composition was applied to the corona-treated surface so as to have a thickness of 0.5 μm in the same manner as described above.
Then, the surface which apply | coated the active energy ray-curable adhesive composition of each said laminated body and the surface which apply | coated the active energy ray-curable adhesive composition of a cycloolefin type film were produced in the said manufacture example 2. A polarizing plate precursor was prepared by bonding to both sides of the polarizer. Then, it heated at 50 degreeC using IR heater from both surfaces of this polarizing plate precursor. Subsequently, the active energy ray shown below was irradiated to both surfaces of the polarizing plate precursor, and the said active energy ray hardening-type adhesive composition was hardened. Thereafter, it was dried with hot air at 70 ° C. for 3 minutes to obtain polarizing plates PL-4 and PL-8 to PL-10, respectively.
 (活性エネルギー線)
 活性エネルギー線として、紫外線(ガリウム封入メタルハライドランプ)、照射装置:Fusion UV Systems,Inc社製Light HAMMER10、バルブ:Vバルブ、ピーク照度:1600mW/cm、積算照射量1000/mJ/cm(波長380~440nm)を使用した。なお、紫外線の照度は、Solatell社製Sola-Checkシステムを使用して測定した。
(Active energy rays)
As active energy rays, ultraviolet rays (gallium filled metal halide lamp), irradiation apparatus: Fusion UV Systems, Inc. Light HAMMER10, bulb: V bulb, peak illuminance: 1600 mW / cm 2 , integrated irradiation amount 1000 / mJ / cm 2 (wavelength) 380-440 nm) was used. The illuminance of ultraviolet rays was measured using a Sola-Check system manufactured by Solatell.
<偏光板の偏光子耐久性の評価>
 各偏光板の偏光板耐久性を、次のようにして、温度85℃で相対湿度85%での高温高湿環境下での直交透過率変化量により、下記基準に準じて、評価した。
 作製した各偏光板につき、その直交透過率を、自動偏光フィルム測定装置:VAP-7070(日本分光社製)を用いて、380~780nmの範囲で、10回測定した。波長410nmにおける直交透過率の平均値を求めて、経時前の直交透過率とした。その他、測定の詳細は、先に記載した通りとした。測定は、各偏光板をガラス上に、偏光板保護フィルムが空気界面側になるように、粘着剤を介して貼り付けたサンプル(約5cm×5cm)を用いて、このサンプルの偏光板保護フィルムを光源に向けて測定装置にセットして、行った。
 その後、85℃、相対湿度85%の環境下で各偏光板を500時間保存した。次いで、上記と同様にして、波長410nmにおける直交透過率の平均値を求めて、経時後の直交透過率とした。
 直交透過率の測定は25℃相対湿度60%の環境下で行った。
 保存前後の直交透過率の変化量を下記式により求めた。
<Evaluation of polarizer durability of polarizing plate>
The polarizing plate durability of each polarizing plate was evaluated according to the following criteria by the amount of change in orthogonal transmittance in a high temperature and high humidity environment at a temperature of 85 ° C. and a relative humidity of 85% as follows.
The orthogonal transmittance of each of the produced polarizing plates was measured 10 times in the range of 380 to 780 nm using an automatic polarizing film measuring apparatus: VAP-7070 (manufactured by JASCO Corporation). The average value of the orthogonal transmittance at a wavelength of 410 nm was determined and used as the orthogonal transmittance before aging. In addition, the details of the measurement were as described above. The measurement was carried out using a sample (about 5 cm × 5 cm) attached to each polarizing plate on glass with an adhesive so that the polarizing plate protective film was on the air interface side. Was set in a measuring device with the light source facing the light source.
Thereafter, each polarizing plate was stored for 500 hours in an environment of 85 ° C. and a relative humidity of 85%. Next, in the same manner as described above, the average value of the orthogonal transmittance at a wavelength of 410 nm was determined and used as the orthogonal transmittance after aging.
The orthogonal transmittance was measured in an environment at 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 60%.
The amount of change in orthogonal transmittance before and after storage was determined by the following formula.
直交透過率変化量(%)=[経時後の直交透過率(%)-経時前の直交透過率(%)] Orthogonal transmittance change amount (%) = [Orthogonal transmittance after aging (%)-Orthogonal transmittance before aging (%)]
 偏光子耐久性を、直交透過率変化量について、下記基準に基づいて、評価した。本試験において、下記5段階評価の内、評価A+~Bが合格レベルである。評価A+及びAが好ましく、評価A+が特に好ましい。 Polarizer durability was evaluated based on the following criteria for the amount of change in orthogonal transmittance. In this test, evaluations A + to B out of the following five grades are acceptable levels. Evaluations A + and A are preferred, and evaluation A + is particularly preferred.
 A+:直交透過率変化量が-0.01以上0.01%未満
 A :直交透過率変化量が0.01%以上0.03%未満
 B :直交透過率変化量が0.03%以上0.05%未満
 C :直交透過率変化量が0.05%以上0.1%未満
 D :直交透過率変化量が0.1%以上
A +: Change in orthogonal transmittance is −0.01 or more and less than 0.01% A: Change in orthogonal transmittance is 0.01% or more and less than 0.03% B: Change in orthogonal transmittance is 0.03% or more and 0 Less than 05% C: Change in orthogonal transmittance is 0.05% or more and less than 0.1% D: Change in orthogonal transmittance is 0.1% or more
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
 表3の結果から、本発明の積層体S-1、S-6、S-7及びS-24~S-26を備えた偏光板HPL-1~10は、いずれも、直交透過率変化量が小さく、優れた偏光子耐久性を示した。すなわち、本発明の積層体を偏光子の保護フィルムとして用いた偏光板を画像表示装置に組み込むことにより、高温高湿条件下で長時間使用しても画像品質の劣化を効果的に抑制できることが分かる。
 これに対して、比較積層体HS-1を保護フィルムとして用いた比較偏光板HPL-1は、保護フィルムの層間密着性が不良でセルロースエステル層とポリマー層とが剥がれてしまい、耐久性の評価を実施可能な偏光板を作製することができなかった。また、比較積層体HS-2を保護フィルムとして用いた比較偏光板HPL-2は、偏光子耐久性に大きく劣る結果となった。
From the results shown in Table 3, all of the polarizing plates HPL-1 to 10 provided with the laminates S-1, S-6, S-7, and S-24 to S-26 of the present invention are orthogonal transmittance change amounts. Was small and showed excellent polarizer durability. That is, by incorporating a polarizing plate using the laminate of the present invention as a protective film for a polarizer into an image display device, deterioration in image quality can be effectively suppressed even when used for a long time under high temperature and high humidity conditions. I understand.
In contrast, the comparative polarizing plate HPL-1 using the comparative laminate HS-1 as a protective film has a poor interlayer adhesion of the protective film, and the cellulose ester layer and the polymer layer are peeled off. It was not possible to produce a polarizing plate capable of performing the above. Further, the comparative polarizing plate HPL-2 using the comparative laminate HS-2 as a protective film resulted in a greatly inferior polarizer durability.
 本発明をその実施態様とともに説明したが、我々は特に指定しない限り我々の発明を説明のどの細部においても限定しようとするものではなく、添付の請求の範囲に示した発明の精神と範囲に反することなく幅広く解釈されるべきであると考える。 While this invention has been described in conjunction with its embodiments, we do not intend to limit our invention in any detail of the description unless otherwise specified and are contrary to the spirit and scope of the invention as set forth in the appended claims. I think it should be interpreted widely.
 本願は、2015年9月30日に日本国で特許出願された特願2015-195325、及び、2016年1月29日に日本国で特許出願された特願2016-016706に基づく優先権を主張するものであり、これらはここに参照してその内容を本明細書の記載の一部として取り込む。 This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-195325 filed in Japan on September 30, 2015, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-016706 filed on January 29, 2016 in Japan. Which are hereby incorporated by reference herein as part of their description.
10 積層体(積層板)
 11 セルロースエステル層
 12 密着性ポリマー層
20 液晶表示装置
 21 第1(上側)偏光板
 22 第1偏光板吸収軸の方向
 23 第1(液晶セル上)電極基板
 24 液晶層
 25 第2(液晶セル下)電極基板
 26 第2(下側)偏光板
 27 第2偏光板吸収軸の方向
10 Laminate (laminate)
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 11 Cellulose ester layer 12 Adhesive polymer layer 20 Liquid crystal display device 21 1st (upper side) polarizing plate 22 Direction of 1st polarizing plate absorption axis 23 1st (on liquid crystal cell) electrode substrate 24 Liquid crystal layer 25 2nd (under liquid crystal cell) ) Electrode substrate 26 Second (lower) polarizing plate 27 Second polarizing plate absorption axis direction

Claims (9)

  1.  セルロースエステルを含有する層と、密着性ポリマーを含有する層とを有する積層体であって、
     前記密着性ポリマーを含有する層が、前記セルロースエステルを含有する層の少なくとも一方の面に隣接し、
     前記密着性ポリマーが、下記〔a〕の繰り返し単位の少なくとも1種と、下記〔b〕の繰り返し単位の少なくとも1種とを有する、
    積層体。
    〔a〕:スチレン化合物、テルペン化合物、C5系留分化合物又はC9系留分化合物由来の繰り返し単位であって、Hoy法により算出される溶解度パラメータδtが13.5~19.5である繰り返し単位
    〔b〕:アクリル酸エステル化合物、(メタ)アクリル酸化合物、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物、酢酸ビニル化合物、ビニルケトン化合物、無水マレイン酸化合物若しくはスチレン化合物由来の繰り返し単位又はこれらの繰り返し単位以外でエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物由来の繰り返し単位であって、Hoy法により算出される溶解度パラメータδtが20.0~26.0である繰り返し単位
    A laminate having a layer containing a cellulose ester and a layer containing an adhesive polymer,
    The layer containing the adhesive polymer is adjacent to at least one surface of the layer containing the cellulose ester;
    The adhesive polymer has at least one repeating unit of the following [a] and at least one repeating unit of the following [b].
    Laminated body.
    [A]: A repeating unit derived from a styrene compound, a terpene compound, a C5 fraction compound or a C9 fraction compound, and having a solubility parameter δt calculated by the Hoy method of 13.5 to 19.5 [B]: A repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound, a (meth) acrylic compound, a (meth) acrylamide compound, a vinyl acetate compound, a vinyl ketone compound, a maleic anhydride compound or a styrene compound, or an ethylenic group other than these repeating units A repeating unit derived from a compound having a saturated bond, and having a solubility parameter δt calculated by the Hoy method of 20.0 to 26.0
  2.  前記密着性ポリマーが、前記〔a〕の繰り返し単位として下記一般式1で表される繰り返し単位を有する請求項1に記載の積層体。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     一般式1中、R、R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
     R11、R12、R13、R14及びR15は、各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
    The laminate according to claim 1, wherein the adhesive polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 1 as the repeating unit of [a].
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In general formula 1, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
    R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. To express.
  3.  前記密着性ポリマーが、前記〔b〕の繰り返し単位として下記一般式2で表される繰り返し単位を有する請求項1又は2に記載の積層体。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     一般式2中、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
     R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
     Lは、単結合、又は、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-C(=O)-、-O-及び-N(R)-から選ばれる2価の連結基若しくはこれらの連結基の2種以上を組合せてなる2価の連結基を示す。Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
    The laminate according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the adhesive polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 2 as the repeating unit of [b].
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In General Formula 2, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
    R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
    L is a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent linking group selected from —C (═O) —, —O— and —N (R 7 ) —, or two or more of these linking groups. The bivalent coupling group which combines these is shown. R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  4.  上記密着性ポリマーを構成する繰り返し単位の総モル量中に占める前記〔b〕の繰り返し単位のモル量が5モル%以上95モル%以下である請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The molar amount of the repeating unit (b) occupying in the total molar amount of the repeating unit constituting the adhesive polymer is 5 mol% or more and 95 mol% or less. Laminated body.
  5.  前記密着性ポリマーが、前記〔a〕の繰り返し単位として下記一般式1-1で表される繰り返し単位を有する請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     一般式1-1中、Rは水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
     R21、R22、R23、R24及びR25は、各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
    The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the adhesive polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 1-1 as the repeating unit of [a].
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    In general formula 1-1, R 8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
    R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. To express.
  6.  前記密着性ポリマーが、前記〔b〕の繰り返し単位として下記一般式2-1で表される繰り返し単位を有する請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     一般式2-1中、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
     Lは、単結合、又は、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-C(=O)-、-O-及び-N(R10)-から選ばれる2価の連結基若しくはこれらの連結基の2種以上を組合せてなる2価の連結基を示す。R10は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
    The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the adhesive polymer has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula 2-1 as the repeating unit of [b].
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    In general formula 2-1, R 9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
    L is a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a divalent linking group selected from —C (═O) —, —O— and —N (R 10 ) —, or two or more of these linking groups. The bivalent coupling group which combines these is shown. R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  7.  前記セルロースエステルが、セルロースアシレートである請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the cellulose ester is cellulose acylate.
  8.  請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の積層体と、偏光子とを有する偏光板。 A polarizing plate comprising the laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 7 and a polarizer.
  9.  請求項8に記載の偏光板を有する画像表示装置。 An image display device having the polarizing plate according to claim 8.
PCT/JP2016/078233 2015-09-30 2016-09-26 Laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device WO2017057256A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-195325 2015-09-30
JP2015195325 2015-09-30
JP2016-016706 2016-01-29
JP2016016706A JP2017065242A (en) 2015-09-30 2016-01-29 Laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017057256A1 true WO2017057256A1 (en) 2017-04-06

Family

ID=58427417

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/078233 WO2017057256A1 (en) 2015-09-30 2016-09-26 Laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017057256A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022526749A (en) * 2019-03-29 2022-05-26 エルジー・ケム・リミテッド Optical laminate

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009299047A (en) * 2008-05-12 2009-12-24 Saiden Chemical Industry Co Ltd Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition for polarizing plate
JP2010181499A (en) * 2009-02-03 2010-08-19 Jiroo Corporate Plan:Kk Protective film for outer face of polarizer, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
US20130286330A1 (en) * 2010-12-30 2013-10-31 Moon-Yeon LEE Optical film and liquid crystal display including the same
JP2014129505A (en) * 2012-06-08 2014-07-10 Nitto Denko Corp Active energy ray-curable adhesive composition, polarization film and its manufacturing method, optical film and picture display unit
JP2015049331A (en) * 2013-08-30 2015-03-16 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Polarizing plate protective film and manufacturing method of the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009299047A (en) * 2008-05-12 2009-12-24 Saiden Chemical Industry Co Ltd Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition for polarizing plate
JP2010181499A (en) * 2009-02-03 2010-08-19 Jiroo Corporate Plan:Kk Protective film for outer face of polarizer, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
US20130286330A1 (en) * 2010-12-30 2013-10-31 Moon-Yeon LEE Optical film and liquid crystal display including the same
JP2014129505A (en) * 2012-06-08 2014-07-10 Nitto Denko Corp Active energy ray-curable adhesive composition, polarization film and its manufacturing method, optical film and picture display unit
JP2015049331A (en) * 2013-08-30 2015-03-16 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Polarizing plate protective film and manufacturing method of the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022526749A (en) * 2019-03-29 2022-05-26 エルジー・ケム・リミテッド Optical laminate
JP7335047B2 (en) 2019-03-29 2023-08-29 エルジー・ケム・リミテッド optical laminate

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6327289B2 (en) Polarizing plate protective film, production method thereof, polarizing plate and image display device
WO2017057255A1 (en) Polarizing plate protective film, method for manufacturing same, polarizing plate, and image display device
JP6043799B2 (en) Optical film and method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2007279243A (en) Method for producing polarizing plate, polarizing plate and image display device
JP6654203B2 (en) Polarizing plate protective film, method for producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP5707811B2 (en) Long λ / 4 plate, circularly polarizing plate, polarizing plate, OLED display device, and stereoscopic image display device
JP2006247954A (en) Functional film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2017149001A (en) Laminate, polarizing plate and image display device
JP5286114B2 (en) Cellulose acylate film and method for producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP6738231B2 (en) Polarizing plate protective film, polarizing plate and image display device
JP2017065241A (en) Laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device
JP6574063B2 (en) Laminated body, optical film, polarizing plate protective film, polarizing plate and image display device
JP6081244B2 (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP6587588B2 (en) Laminated body, optical film, polarizing plate protective film, polarizing plate and image display device
WO2017057256A1 (en) Laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device
JP2014157284A (en) Polarizing plate protective film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2017065242A (en) Laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device
JP6713529B2 (en) Laminated body, polarizing plate and image display device
JP6607964B2 (en) Polarizing plate, image display device and polarizing plate protective film
WO2017057254A1 (en) Laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device
WO2017115785A1 (en) Laminate, phase difference film, polarizer plate, and image display device
JP6734877B2 (en) Laminated body, polarizing plate and image display device
WO2017115786A1 (en) Laminate, and polarizing plate and image display device using this laminate
JP6488230B2 (en) Cellulose ester film, polarizing plate and image display device.
JP2014129255A (en) Composition and film, and manufacturing methods of both

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16851427

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16851427

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1